blob: f1ab84879c22c0c639f0cc2a918d321c7d8eabb6 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001032 c = *p++;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001035 else
1036 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 }
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1039 {
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1043 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001044 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001045
1046#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1049 {
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1051 lead_repl_len);
1052 int old_size = 0;
1053 char_u *endp = p;
1054 int l;
1055
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1057 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001059 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1060 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001062 if (l != 0)
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1065 lead_len += l;
1066 }
1067#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1069 p = leader;
1070 else
1071 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001072#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1076
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1078 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001079 {
1080#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1082
1083 if (l > 1)
1084 {
1085 p -= l;
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1087 {
1088 p[1] = ' ';
1089 --l;
1090 }
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1093 lead_len -= l;
1094 *p = ' ';
1095 }
1096 else
1097#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1099 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101 }
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */
1103 {
1104 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001105#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1108 * not to be overwritten. */
1109 {
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1111 lead_repl_len);
1112 int i;
1113 int l;
1114
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1116 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1119 break;
1120 }
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1122 {
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
Bram Moolenaar2d7ff052009-11-17 15:08:26 +00001124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1126 }
1127 }
1128#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1130
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1133 * remain the same. */
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1136 {
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1139 {
1140 --lead_len;
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1143 }
1144 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001145 {
1146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001148
1149 if (l > 1)
1150 {
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1152 {
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1154 * two spaces */
1155 --l;
1156 *p++ = ' ';
1157 }
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1160 lead_len -= l - 1;
1161 }
1162#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001164 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 }
1166 *p = NUL;
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1171#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1172 || do_si
1173#endif
1174 )
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1176
1177 /* Add the indent offset */
1178 if (newindent + off < 0)
1179 {
1180 off = -newindent;
1181 newindent = 0;
1182 }
1183 else
1184 newindent += off;
1185
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1187 * alignment remains equal. */
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1190 {
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1193 break;
1194 --lead_len;
1195 --off;
1196 }
1197
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1199 * extra space */
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1201 extra_space = FALSE;
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1203 }
1204
1205 if (extra_space)
1206 {
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1209 }
1210
1211 newcol = lead_len;
1212
1213 /*
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1215 * is in the comment leader
1216 */
1217 if (newindent
1218#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1219 || did_si
1220#endif
1221 )
1222 {
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1224 {
1225 --lead_len;
1226 --newcol;
1227 ++leader;
1228 }
1229 }
1230
1231 }
1232#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1234#endif
1235 }
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1237 {
1238 /*
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1242 * comment.
1243 */
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1246#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1247 || do_si
1248#endif
1249 ))
1250 {
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1254 {
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1256 newindent = get_indent();
1257 }
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1259 }
1260 }
1261 }
1262#endif
1263
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1265 if (p_extra != NULL)
1266 {
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1268
1269 /*
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1271 * non-blank.
1272 *
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1275 */
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1279 {
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1281#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1282 && (!enc_utf8
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1284#endif
1285 )
1286 {
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1288 replace_push(*p_extra);
1289 ++p_extra;
1290 ++less_cols_off;
1291 }
1292 }
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1295
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1298 }
1299
1300 if (p_extra == NULL)
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1302
1303#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1305 if (lead_len)
1306 {
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1308 p_extra = leader;
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1310 less_cols -= lead_len;
1311 }
1312 else
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1314#endif
1315
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1319#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1321#endif
1322 {
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1324 == FAIL)
1325 goto theend;
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1327 * with markers. */
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1329 did_append = TRUE;
1330 }
1331#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1332 else
1333 {
1334 /*
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1336 */
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1339 {
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1342 */
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1344 vr_lines_changed++;
1345 }
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1349 did_append = FALSE;
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353 if (newindent
1354#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1355 || did_si
1356#endif
1357 )
1358 {
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1360#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1361 if (did_si)
1362 {
1363 if (p_sr)
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1366 }
1367#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001368 /* Copy the indent */
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 {
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1372
1373 /*
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1377 */
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1379 }
1380 else
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 /*
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1389 */
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1392 replace_push(NUL);
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1394#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1395 if (no_si)
1396 did_si = FALSE;
1397#endif
1398 }
1399
1400#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1401 /*
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1404 */
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1407 replace_push(NUL);
1408#endif
1409
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1411
1412 if (dir == FORWARD)
1413 {
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1415 {
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1422 saved_line = NULL;
1423 if (did_append)
1424 {
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1427 did_append = FALSE;
1428
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1434 }
1435 else
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1437 }
1438
1439 /*
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1442 */
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1444 }
1445 if (did_append)
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1447
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1449#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1451#endif
1452
1453#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1454 /*
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1457 * normal INSERT mode.
1458 */
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1460 {
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1462 State = INSERT;
1463 }
1464 else
1465 vreplace_mode = 0;
1466#endif
1467#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1468 /*
1469 * May do lisp indenting.
1470 */
1471 if (!p_paste
1472# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1473 && leader == NULL
1474# endif
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1477 {
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1479 p = ml_get_curline();
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1481 }
1482#endif
1483#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1484 /*
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1486 */
1487 if (!p_paste
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1489# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1491# endif
1492 )
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1496 {
1497 do_c_expr_indent();
1498 p = ml_get_curline();
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1500 }
1501#endif
1502#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1504 State = vreplace_mode;
1505#endif
1506
1507#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1508 /*
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1512 */
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1514 {
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1517 if (p_extra == NULL)
1518 goto theend;
1519
1520 /* Put back original line */
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1522
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1525#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1527#endif
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1529 vim_free(p_extra);
1530 next_line = NULL;
1531 }
1532#endif
1533
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1535theend:
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1537 vim_free(saved_line);
1538 vim_free(next_line);
1539 vim_free(allocated);
1540 return retval;
1541}
1542
1543#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1544/*
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1547 * returned.
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1549 * comment leader.
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1551 */
1552 int
1553get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1554 char_u *line;
1555 char_u **flags;
1556 int backward;
1557{
1558 int i, j;
1559 int got_com = FALSE;
1560 int found_one;
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1563 char_u *list;
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001564 int middle_match_len = 0;
1565 char_u *prev_list;
Bram Moolenaar05da4282011-05-10 14:44:11 +02001566 char_u *saved_flags = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001567
1568 i = 0;
1569 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1570 ++i;
1571
1572 /*
1573 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1574 */
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001575 while (line[i] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001576 {
1577 /*
1578 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1579 */
1580 found_one = FALSE;
1581 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1582 {
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001583 /* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance "list" to next
1584 * one. Put "string" at start of string. */
1585 if (!got_com && flags != NULL)
1586 *flags = list; /* remember where flags started */
1587 prev_list = list;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001588 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1589 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1590 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1591 continue;
1592 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1593
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001594 /* If we found a middle match previously, use that match when this
1595 * is not a middle or end. */
1596 if (middle_match_len != 0
1597 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) == NULL
1598 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_END) == NULL)
1599 break;
1600
1601 /* When we already found a nested comment, only accept further
1602 * nested comments. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001603 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1604 continue;
1605
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001606 /* When 'O' flag present and using "O" command skip this one. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001607 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1608 continue;
1609
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001610 /* Line contents and string must match.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001611 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1612 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001613 * TABs and spaces). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001614 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1615 {
1616 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001617 continue; /* missing shite space */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001618 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1619 ++string;
1620 }
1621 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1622 ;
1623 if (string[j] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001624 continue; /* string doesn't match */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001625
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001626 /* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1627 * end-of-line after the string in the line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1629 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1630 continue;
1631
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001632 /* We have found a match, stop searching unless this is a middle
1633 * comment. The middle comment can be a substring of the end
1634 * comment in which case it's better to return the length of the
1635 * end comment and its flags. Thus we keep searching with middle
1636 * and end matches and use an end match if it matches better. */
1637 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL)
1638 {
1639 if (middle_match_len == 0)
1640 {
1641 middle_match_len = j;
1642 saved_flags = prev_list;
1643 }
1644 continue;
1645 }
1646 if (middle_match_len != 0 && j > middle_match_len)
1647 /* Use this match instead of the middle match, since it's a
1648 * longer thus better match. */
1649 middle_match_len = 0;
1650
1651 if (middle_match_len == 0)
1652 i += j;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001653 found_one = TRUE;
1654 break;
1655 }
1656
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001657 if (middle_match_len != 0)
1658 {
1659 /* Use the previously found middle match after failing to find a
1660 * match with an end. */
1661 if (!got_com && flags != NULL)
1662 *flags = saved_flags;
1663 i += middle_match_len;
1664 found_one = TRUE;
1665 }
1666
1667 /* No match found, stop scanning. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001668 if (!found_one)
1669 break;
1670
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001671 /* Include any trailing white space. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001672 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1673 ++i;
1674
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001675 /* If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. */
1676 got_com = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001677 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1678 break;
1679 }
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001680
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1682}
1683#endif
1684
1685/*
1686 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1687 */
1688 int
1689plines(lnum)
1690 linenr_T lnum;
1691{
1692 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1693}
1694
1695 int
1696plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1697 win_T *wp;
1698 linenr_T lnum;
1699 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1700{
1701#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1702 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1703 * is one line anyway. */
1704 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1705}
1706
1707 int
1708plines_nofill(lnum)
1709 linenr_T lnum;
1710{
1711 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1712}
1713
1714 int
1715plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1716 win_T *wp;
1717 linenr_T lnum;
1718 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1719{
1720#endif
1721 int lines;
1722
1723 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1724 return 1;
1725
1726#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1727 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1728 return 1;
1729#endif
1730
1731#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1732 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1733 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1734 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1735 return 1;
1736#endif
1737
1738 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1739 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1740 return (int)wp->w_height;
1741 return lines;
1742}
1743
1744/*
1745 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1746 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1747 */
1748 int
1749plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1750 win_T *wp;
1751 linenr_T lnum;
1752{
1753 char_u *s;
1754 long col;
1755 int width;
1756
1757 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1758 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1759 return 1;
1760 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1761
1762 /*
1763 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1764 * extra column.
1765 */
1766 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1767 col += 1;
1768
1769 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001770 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001771 */
1772 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1773 if (width <= 0)
1774 return 32000;
1775 if (col <= width)
1776 return 1;
1777 col -= width;
1778 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1779 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1780}
1781
1782/*
1783 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1784 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1785 */
1786 int
1787plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1788 win_T *wp;
1789 linenr_T lnum;
1790 long column;
1791{
1792 long col;
1793 char_u *s;
1794 int lines = 0;
1795 int width;
1796
1797#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1798 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1799 * is one line anyway. */
1800 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1801#endif
1802
1803 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1804 return lines + 1;
1805
1806#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1807 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1808 return lines + 1;
1809#endif
1810
1811 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1812
1813 col = 0;
1814 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1815 {
1816 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001817 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001818 }
1819
1820 /*
1821 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1822 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1823 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1824 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1825 * 'ts') -- webb.
1826 */
1827 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1828 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1829
1830 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001831 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001832 */
1833 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001834 if (width <= 0)
1835 return 9999;
1836
1837 lines += 1;
1838 if (col > width)
1839 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1840 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841}
1842
1843 int
1844plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1845 win_T *wp;
1846 linenr_T first, last;
1847{
1848 int count = 0;
1849
1850 while (first <= last)
1851 {
1852#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1853 int x;
1854
1855 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1856 * that are maybe folded. */
1857 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1858 if (x > 0)
1859 {
1860 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1861 first += x;
1862 }
1863 else
1864#endif
1865 {
1866#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1867 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1868 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1869 else
1870#endif
1871 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1872 ++first;
1873 }
1874 }
1875 return (count);
1876}
1877
1878#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1879/*
1880 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1881 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1882 */
1883 void
1884ins_bytes(p)
1885 char_u *p;
1886{
1887 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1888}
1889#endif
1890
1891#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1892 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1893/*
1894 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1895 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1896 */
1897 void
1898ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1899 char_u *p;
1900 int len;
1901{
1902 int i;
1903# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1904 int n;
1905
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001906 if (has_mbyte)
1907 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1908 {
1909 if (enc_utf8)
1910 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1911 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1912 else
1913 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1914 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1915 }
1916 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001917# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001918 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1919 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001920}
1921#endif
1922
1923/*
1924 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1925 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1926 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1927 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1928 * convert bytes to a character.
1929 */
1930 void
1931ins_char(c)
1932 int c;
1933{
1934#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1935 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1936 int n;
1937
1938 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1939
1940 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1941 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1942 if (buf[0] == 0)
1943 buf[0] = '\n';
1944
1945 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1946}
1947
1948 void
1949ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1950 char_u *buf;
1951 int charlen;
1952{
1953 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001954#endif
1955 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1956 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1957 char_u *p;
1958 char_u *newp;
1959 char_u *oldp;
1960 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1961 colnr_T col;
1962 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1963 int i;
1964
1965#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1966 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1967 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1968 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1969#endif
1970
1971 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1972 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1973 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1974
1975 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1976 oldlen = 0;
1977#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1978 newlen = charlen;
1979#else
1980 newlen = 1;
1981#endif
1982
1983 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1984 {
1985#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1986 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1987 {
1988 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1989 colnr_T vcol;
1990 int old_list;
1991#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1992 char_u buf[2];
1993#endif
1994
1995 /*
1996 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1997 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1998 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1999 */
2000 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
2001 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
2002 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
2003
2004 /*
2005 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
2006 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
2007 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
2008 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
2009 */
2010 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
2011#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
2012 buf[0] = c;
2013 buf[1] = NUL;
2014#endif
2015 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
2016 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
2017 {
2018 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
2019 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
2020 * position. */
2021 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
2022 break;
2023#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002024 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002025#else
2026 ++oldlen;
2027#endif
2028 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2029 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2030 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2031 }
2032 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2033 }
2034 else
2035#endif
2036 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2037 {
2038 /* normal replace */
2039#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002040 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002041#else
2042 oldlen = 1;
2043#endif
2044 }
2045
2046
2047 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2048 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2049 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2050 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2051 replace_push(NUL);
2052 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2053 {
2054#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002055 if (has_mbyte)
2056 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2057 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002058#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002059 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002060 }
2061 }
2062
2063 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2064 if (newp == NULL)
2065 return;
2066
2067 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2068 if (col > 0)
2069 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2070
2071 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2072 p = newp + col;
2073 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2074 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2075
2076 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2077#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2078 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2079 i = charlen;
2080#else
2081 *p = c;
2082 i = 1;
2083#endif
2084
2085 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2086 while (i < newlen)
2087 p[i++] = ' ';
2088
2089 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2090 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2091
2092 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2093 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2094
2095 /*
2096 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2097 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2098 */
2099 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2100 && msg_silent == 0
2101#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2102 && charlen == 1
2103#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002104#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2105 && !ins_compl_active()
2106#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002107 )
2108 showmatch(c);
2109
2110#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2111 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2112#endif
2113 {
2114 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2115#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2116 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2117#else
2118 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2119#endif
2120 }
2121 /*
2122 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2123 */
2124}
2125
2126/*
2127 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2128 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2129 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2130 */
2131 void
2132ins_str(s)
2133 char_u *s;
2134{
2135 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2136 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2137 int oldlen;
2138 colnr_T col;
2139 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2140
2141#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2142 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2143 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2144#endif
2145
2146 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2147 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2148 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2149
2150 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2151 if (newp == NULL)
2152 return;
2153 if (col > 0)
2154 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2155 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2156 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2157 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2158 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2159 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2160}
2161
2162/*
2163 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2164 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2165 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2166 *
2167 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2168 */
2169 int
2170del_char(fixpos)
2171 int fixpos;
2172{
2173#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2174 if (has_mbyte)
2175 {
2176 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2177 mb_adjust_cursor();
2178 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2179 return FAIL;
2180 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2181 }
2182#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002183 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002184}
2185
2186#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2187/*
2188 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2189 */
2190 int
2191del_chars(count, fixpos)
2192 long count;
2193 int fixpos;
2194{
2195 long bytes = 0;
2196 long i;
2197 char_u *p;
2198 int l;
2199
2200 p = ml_get_cursor();
2201 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2202 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002203 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002204 bytes += l;
2205 p += l;
2206 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002207 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002208}
2209#endif
2210
2211/*
2212 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2213 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2214 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2215 *
2216 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2217 */
2218 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002219del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002220 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002221 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002222 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223{
2224 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2225 colnr_T oldlen;
2226 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2227 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2228 int was_alloced;
2229 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002230 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002231
2232 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2233 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2234
2235 /*
2236 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2237 */
2238 if (col >= oldlen)
2239 return FAIL;
2240
2241#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2242 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2243 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002244 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2245 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002246 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002247 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002248 int n;
2249
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002250 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2251 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002252 {
2253 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2254 n = col;
2255 do
2256 {
2257 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002258 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002259 n += count;
2260 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2261 fixpos = 0;
2262 }
2263 }
2264#endif
2265
2266 /*
2267 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2268 */
2269 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2270 if (movelen <= 1)
2271 {
2272 /*
2273 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002274 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2275 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002276 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002277 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2278#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2279 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2280#endif
2281 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002282 {
2283 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2284#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2285 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2286#endif
2287#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2288 if (has_mbyte)
2289 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2290 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2291#endif
2292 }
2293 count = oldlen - col;
2294 movelen = 1;
2295 }
2296
2297 /*
2298 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2299 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002300 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2301 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02002302 * care of notifying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002303 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002304#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaarb26e6322010-05-22 21:34:09 +02002305 if (netbeans_active())
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002306 was_alloced = FALSE;
2307 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002308#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002309 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002310 if (was_alloced)
2311 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2312 else
2313 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2314 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2315 if (newp == NULL)
2316 return FAIL;
2317 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2318 }
2319 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2320 if (!was_alloced)
2321 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2322
2323 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2324 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2325
2326 return OK;
2327}
2328
2329/*
2330 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2331 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2332 *
2333 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2334 */
2335 int
2336truncate_line(fixpos)
2337 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2338{
2339 char_u *newp;
2340 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2341 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2342
2343 if (col == 0)
2344 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2345 else
2346 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2347
2348 if (newp == NULL)
2349 return FAIL;
2350
2351 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2352
2353 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2354 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2355
2356 /*
2357 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2358 */
2359 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2360 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2361
2362 return OK;
2363}
2364
2365/*
2366 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2367 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2368 */
2369 void
2370del_lines(nlines, undo)
2371 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2372 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2373{
2374 long n;
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002375 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002376
2377 if (nlines <= 0)
2378 return;
2379
2380 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002381 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002382 return;
2383
2384 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2385 {
2386 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2387 break;
2388
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002389 ml_delete(first, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002390 ++n;
2391
2392 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002393 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002394 break;
2395 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002396
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002397 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
2398 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002399 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2400 check_cursor_lnum();
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002401
2402 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2403 deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002404}
2405
2406 int
2407gchar_pos(pos)
2408 pos_T *pos;
2409{
2410 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2411
2412#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2413 if (has_mbyte)
2414 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2415#endif
2416 return (int)*ptr;
2417}
2418
2419 int
2420gchar_cursor()
2421{
2422#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2423 if (has_mbyte)
2424 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2425#endif
2426 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2427}
2428
2429/*
2430 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2431 * It is directly written into the block.
2432 */
2433 void
2434pchar_cursor(c)
2435 int c;
2436{
2437 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2438 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2439}
2440
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002441/*
2442 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2443 * non-blank in the line.
2444 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2445 * the line.
2446 */
2447 int
2448inindent(extra)
2449 int extra;
2450{
2451 char_u *ptr;
2452 colnr_T col;
2453
2454 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2455 ++ptr;
2456 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2457 return TRUE;
2458 else
2459 return FALSE;
2460}
2461
2462/*
2463 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2464 */
2465 char_u *
2466skip_to_option_part(p)
2467 char_u *p;
2468{
2469 if (*p == ',')
2470 ++p;
2471 while (*p == ' ')
2472 ++p;
2473 return p;
2474}
2475
2476/*
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002477 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002478 *
2479 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2480 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002481 *
2482 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002483 */
2484 void
2485changed()
2486{
2487#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2488 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2489 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2490 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2491 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2492 return;
2493 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2494#endif
2495
2496 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2497 {
2498 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2499
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002500 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2501 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002502 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002503
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2505 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2506 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2507#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2508 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2509#endif
2510 )
2511 {
2512 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2513
2514 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2515 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2516 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2517 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2518 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2519 {
2520 out_flush();
2521 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2522 wait_return(TRUE);
2523 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2524 }
2525 }
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002526 changed_int();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002527 }
2528 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002529}
2530
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002531/*
2532 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction.
2533 */
2534 void
2535changed_int()
2536{
2537 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
2538 ml_setflags(curbuf);
2539#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2540 check_status(curbuf);
2541 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
2542#endif
2543#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2544 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2545#endif
2546}
2547
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002548static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2549static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002550static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2551
2552/*
2553 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2554 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2555 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2556 * - invalidates cached values
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002557 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002558 */
2559 void
2560changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2561 linenr_T lnum;
2562 colnr_T col;
2563{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002564 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002565 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002566
2567#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2568 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2569 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2570 {
2571 win_T *wp;
2572 linenr_T wlnum;
2573
2574 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2575 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2576 {
2577 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2578 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2579 if (wlnum > 0)
2580 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2581 }
2582 }
2583#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002584}
2585
2586 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002587changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2588 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002589 linenr_T lnum;
2590{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002591 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002592 {
2593 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002594 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2595 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2596 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2597 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002598 }
2599 else
2600 {
2601 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002602 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2603 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2604 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2605 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002606 }
2607}
2608
2609/*
2610 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2611 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2612 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2613 */
2614 void
2615appended_lines(lnum, count)
2616 linenr_T lnum;
2617 long count;
2618{
2619 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2620}
2621
2622/*
2623 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2624 */
2625 void
2626appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2627 linenr_T lnum;
2628 long count;
2629{
2630 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2631 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2632}
2633
2634/*
2635 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2636 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2637 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2638 */
2639 void
2640deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2641 linenr_T lnum;
2642 long count;
2643{
2644 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2645}
2646
2647/*
2648 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002649 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
2650 * be triggered to display the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002651 */
2652 void
2653deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2654 linenr_T lnum;
2655 long count;
2656{
2657 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2658 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2659}
2660
2661/*
2662 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2663 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2664 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2665 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2666 * - invalidate cached values
2667 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2668 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2669 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2670 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002671 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002672 */
2673 void
2674changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2675 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2676 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2677 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2678 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2679{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002680 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2681
2682#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2683 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2684 {
2685 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2686 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2687 * displaying. */
2688 win_T *wp;
2689 linenr_T wlnum;
2690
2691 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2692 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2693 {
2694 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2695 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2696 if (wlnum > 0)
2697 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2698 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2699 }
2700 }
2701#endif
2702
2703 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2704}
2705
2706 static void
2707changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2708 buf_T *buf;
2709 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2710 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2711 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2712{
2713 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002714 {
2715 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002716 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2717 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2718 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002719 {
2720 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002721 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2722 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2723 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002724 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002725 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2726 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2727 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002728 }
2729 else
2730 {
2731 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002732 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2733 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2734 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2735 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002736 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002737}
2738
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002739/*
2740 * Common code for when a change is was made.
2741 * See changed_lines() for the arguments.
2742 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
2743 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002744 static void
2745changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2746 linenr_T lnum;
2747 colnr_T col;
2748 linenr_T lnume;
2749 long xtra;
2750{
2751 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002752#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2753 tabpage_T *tp;
2754#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002755 int i;
2756#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2757 int cols;
2758 pos_T *p;
2759 int add;
2760#endif
2761
2762 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2763 changed();
2764
2765 /* set the '. mark */
2766 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2767 {
2768 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2769 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2770
2771#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2772 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2773 * don't have an entry yet. */
2774 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2775 {
2776 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2777 add = TRUE;
2778 else
2779 {
2780 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2781 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2782 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2783 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2784 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2785 add = TRUE;
2786 else
2787 {
2788 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2789 if (cols == 0)
2790 cols = 79;
2791 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2792 }
2793 }
2794 if (add)
2795 {
2796 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2797 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2798 * position in the changelist. */
2799 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2800
2801 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2802 {
2803 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2804 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2805 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2806 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002807 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002808 {
2809 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2810 * this buffer. */
2811 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2812 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2813 }
2814 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002815 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002816 {
2817 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2818 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2819 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2820 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2821 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2822 }
2823 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2824 }
2825 }
2826 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2827 curbuf->b_last_change;
2828 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2829 * takes you back to it. */
2830 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2831#endif
2832 }
2833
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002834 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002835 {
2836 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2837 {
2838 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2839 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2840 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2841
2842 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2843 * values for the cursor. */
2844#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2845 /*
2846 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2847 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2848 */
2849 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2850
2851 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2852 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2853 * might be displayed differently.
2854 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2855 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2856 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2857 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2858 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2859 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2860 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2861 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2862
2863 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2864 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2865 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2866 {
2867 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2868 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2869 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2870 }
2871#endif
2872
2873 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2874 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2875 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2876 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2877 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2878 {
2879 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2880 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2881 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2882 }
2883
2884 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2885 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2886 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2887 * after the change. */
2888 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2889 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2890 {
2891 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2892 {
2893 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2894 {
2895 /* line included in change */
2896 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2897 }
2898 else if (xtra != 0)
2899 {
2900 /* line below change */
2901 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2902#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2903 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2904#endif
2905 }
2906 }
2907#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2908 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2909 {
2910 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2911 * may need to be redrawn */
2912 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2913 }
2914#endif
2915 }
Bram Moolenaar3234cc62009-11-03 17:47:12 +00002916
2917#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2918 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
2919 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
2920 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
2921 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
2922#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002923 }
2924 }
2925
2926 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2927 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2928 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2929 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002930
2931#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2932 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002933 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2934 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002935 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2936#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937}
2938
2939/*
2940 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2941 */
2942 void
2943unchanged(buf, ff)
2944 buf_T *buf;
2945 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2946{
Bram Moolenaar164c60f2011-01-22 00:11:50 +01002947 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002948 {
2949 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002950 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002951 if (ff)
2952 save_file_ff(buf);
2953#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2954 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002955 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002956#endif
2957#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2958 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2959#endif
2960 }
2961 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002962#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2963 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2964#endif
2965}
2966
2967#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2968/*
2969 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2970 * need to be updated
2971 */
2972 void
2973check_status(buf)
2974 buf_T *buf;
2975{
2976 win_T *wp;
2977
2978 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2979 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2980 {
2981 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2982 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2983 must_redraw = VALID;
2984 }
2985}
2986#endif
2987
2988/*
2989 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2990 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2991 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002992 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002993 * will be TRUE.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002994 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002995 */
2996 void
2997change_warning(col)
2998 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2999 mode and 'showmode' is on */
3000{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003001 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
3002
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003003 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
3004 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
3005#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
3006 && !autocmd_busy
3007#endif
3008 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
3009 {
3010#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003011 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003012 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003013 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003014 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
3015 return;
3016#endif
3017 /*
3018 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
3019 * be after the mode message.
3020 */
3021 msg_start();
3022 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
3023 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00003024 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003025 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
3026#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3027 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
3028#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003029 msg_clr_eos();
3030 (void)msg_end();
3031 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
3032 {
3033 out_flush();
3034 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
3035 }
3036 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
3037 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
3038 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
3039 showmode();
3040 }
3041}
3042
3043/*
3044 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3045 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3046 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3047 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3048 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3049 *
3050 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3051 */
3052 int
3053ask_yesno(str, direct)
3054 char_u *str;
3055 int direct;
3056{
3057 int r = ' ';
3058 int save_State = State;
3059
3060 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3061 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3062 ++no_wait_return;
3063#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3064 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3065#endif
3066 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3067#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3068 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3069#endif
3070 ++no_mapping;
3071 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3072
3073 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3074 {
3075 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3076 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3077 if (direct)
3078 r = get_keystroke();
3079 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003080 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003081 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3082 r = 'n';
3083 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3084 out_flush();
3085 }
3086 --no_wait_return;
3087 State = save_State;
3088#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3089 setmouse();
3090#endif
3091 --no_mapping;
3092 --allow_keys;
3093
3094 return r;
3095}
3096
3097/*
3098 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3099 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3100 * button (used at the more prompt).
3101 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3102 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3103 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3104 */
3105 int
3106get_keystroke()
3107{
3108#define CBUFLEN 151
3109 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3110 int len = 0;
3111 int n;
3112 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003113 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003114
3115 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3116 for (;;)
3117 {
3118 cursor_on();
3119 out_flush();
3120
3121 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3122 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3123 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3124 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3125 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3126 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3127 if (n > 0)
3128 {
3129 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3130 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3131 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003132 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003133 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003134 else if (len > 0)
3135 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003136
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003137 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3138 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3139 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003140 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003141
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003142 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003143 {
Bram Moolenaarfd30cd42011-03-22 13:07:26 +01003144 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0)
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003145 {
3146 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */
3147 update_screen(0);
3148 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */
3149 }
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003150 continue;
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003151 }
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003152 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003153 len = n;
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003154 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003155 continue;
3156
3157 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3158 n = buf[0];
3159 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3160 {
3161 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3162 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3163 || n == K_IGNORE
3164#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3165 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3166 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3167 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3168 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3169 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3170 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3171 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3172 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3173 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3174 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3175 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3176 || n == K_MOUSEUP
Bram Moolenaar8d9b40e2010-07-25 15:49:07 +02003177 || n == K_MOUSELEFT
3178 || n == K_MOUSERIGHT
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003179 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3180 || n == K_X1DRAG
3181 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3182 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3183 || n == K_X2DRAG
3184 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3185# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3186 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3187 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3188# endif
3189#endif
3190 )
3191 {
3192 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3193 mod_mask = buf[2];
3194 len -= 3;
3195 if (len > 0)
3196 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3197 continue;
3198 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003199 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003200 }
3201#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3202 if (has_mbyte)
3203 {
3204 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3205 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3206 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3207 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3208 }
3209#endif
3210#ifdef UNIX
3211 if (n == intr_char)
3212 n = ESC;
3213#endif
3214 break;
3215 }
3216
3217 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3218 return n;
3219}
3220
3221/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003222 * Get a number from the user.
3223 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003224 */
3225 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003226get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3227 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3228 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003229{
3230 int n = 0;
3231 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003232 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003233
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003234 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3235 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3236
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003237 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3238 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3239 if (msg_silent != 0)
3240 return 0;
3241
3242#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3243 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3244#endif
3245 ++no_mapping;
3246 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3247 for (;;)
3248 {
3249 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3250 c = safe_vgetc();
3251 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3252 {
3253 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3254 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003255 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003256 }
3257 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3258 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003259 if (typed > 0)
3260 {
3261 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3262 --typed;
3263 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003264 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003265 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003266#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3267 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3268 {
3269 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3270 n = mouse_row + 1;
3271 break;
3272 }
3273#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003274 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3275 {
3276 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3277 if (!exmode_active)
3278 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3279 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3280 do_redraw = FALSE;
3281 break;
3282 }
3283 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3284 break;
3285 }
3286 --no_mapping;
3287 --allow_keys;
3288 return n;
3289}
3290
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003291/*
3292 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003293 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3294 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003295 */
3296 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003297prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3298 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003299{
3300 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003301 int save_cmdline_row;
3302 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003303
3304 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003305 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003306 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003307 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003308 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003309
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003310 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3311 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003312 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003313 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003314 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003315 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003316
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003317 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3318 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003319 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003320 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3321 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003322 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3323 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3324 msg_didany = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarb2450162009-07-22 09:04:20 +00003325 msg_didout = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003326 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003327 else
3328 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3329 State = save_State;
3330
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003331 return i;
3332}
3333
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003334 void
3335msgmore(n)
3336 long n;
3337{
3338 long pn;
3339
3340 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003341 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3342 return;
3343
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003344 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3345 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3346 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3347 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3348 return;
3349
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003350 if (n > 0)
3351 pn = n;
3352 else
3353 pn = -n;
3354
3355 if (pn > p_report)
3356 {
3357 if (pn == 1)
3358 {
3359 if (n > 0)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003360 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"),
3361 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003362 else
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003363 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"),
3364 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003365 }
3366 else
3367 {
3368 if (n > 0)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003369 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN,
3370 _("%ld more lines"), pn);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003371 else
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003372 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN,
3373 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003374 }
3375 if (got_int)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003376 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003377 if (msg(msg_buf))
3378 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003379 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003380 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003381 }
3382 }
3383}
3384
3385/*
3386 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3387 */
3388 void
3389beep_flush()
3390{
3391 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3392 {
3393 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3394 vim_beep();
3395 }
3396}
3397
3398/*
3399 * give a warning for an error
3400 */
3401 void
3402vim_beep()
3403{
3404 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3405 {
3406 if (p_vb
3407#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3408 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3409 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3410 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3411#endif
3412 )
3413 {
3414 out_str(T_VB);
3415 }
3416 else
3417 {
3418#ifdef MSDOS
3419 /*
3420 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3421 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3422 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3423 */
3424 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3425 {
3426 out_char(BELL);
3427 beep_count = 1;
3428 }
3429 else
3430 ++beep_count;
3431#else
3432 out_char(BELL);
3433#endif
3434 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003435
3436 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3437 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3438 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3439 {
3440 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3441 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3442 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003443 }
3444}
3445
3446/*
3447 * To get the "real" home directory:
3448 * - get value of $HOME
3449 * For Unix:
3450 * - go to that directory
3451 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3452 * This also works with mounts and links.
3453 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3454 */
3455static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3456
3457 void
3458init_homedir()
3459{
3460 char_u *var;
3461
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003462 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3463 vim_free(homedir);
3464 homedir = NULL;
3465
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003466#ifdef VMS
3467 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3468#else
3469 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3470#endif
3471
3472 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3473 var = NULL;
3474
3475#ifdef WIN3264
3476 /*
3477 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3478 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3479 * when $HOME is being set.
3480 */
3481 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3482 {
3483 char_u *p;
3484 char_u *exp;
3485
3486 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3487 if (p != NULL)
3488 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003489 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003490 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3491 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3492 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3493 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003494 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003495 var = NameBuff;
3496 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3497 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3498 }
3499 }
3500 }
3501
3502 /*
3503 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3504 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3505 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3506 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3507 */
3508 if (var == NULL)
3509 {
3510 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3511
3512 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3513 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
Bram Moolenaar6f977012010-01-06 17:53:38 +01003514 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL)
3515 homepath = "\\";
3516 if (homedrive != NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003517 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3518 {
3519 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3520 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3521 {
3522 var = NameBuff;
3523 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3524 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3525 }
3526 }
3527 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003528
3529# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3530 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3531 {
3532 int len;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003533 char_u *pp = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003534
3535 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3536 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003537 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003538 if (pp != NULL)
3539 {
3540 homedir = pp;
3541 return;
3542 }
3543 }
3544# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003545#endif
3546
3547#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3548 /*
3549 * Default home dir is C:/
3550 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3551 */
3552 if (var == NULL)
3553 var = "C:/";
3554#endif
3555 if (var != NULL)
3556 {
3557#ifdef UNIX
3558 /*
3559 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3560 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3561 */
3562 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3563 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3564 {
3565 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3566 var = IObuff;
3567 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3568 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3569 }
3570#endif
3571 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3572 }
3573}
3574
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003575#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3576 void
3577free_homedir()
3578{
3579 vim_free(homedir);
3580}
3581#endif
3582
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003583/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003584 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3585 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3586 * again soon.
3587 */
3588 char_u *
3589expand_env_save(src)
3590 char_u *src;
3591{
3592 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3593}
3594
3595/*
3596 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3597 * expand "~" at the start.
3598 */
3599 char_u *
3600expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3601 char_u *src;
3602 int one;
3603{
3604 char_u *p;
3605
3606 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3607 if (p != NULL)
3608 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3609 return p;
3610}
3611
3612/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003613 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3614 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003615 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003616 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3617 */
3618 void
3619expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3620 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3621 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3622 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3623{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003624 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003625}
3626
3627 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003628expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003629 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003630 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3631 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3632 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003633 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003634 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003635{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003636 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003637 char_u *tail;
3638 int c;
3639 char_u *var;
3640 int copy_char;
3641 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3642 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003643 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003644
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003645 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003646 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003647
3648 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003649 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3650 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3651 {
3652 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003653 if ((*src == '$'
3654#ifdef VMS
3655 && at_start
3656#endif
3657 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003658#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3659 || *src == '%'
3660#endif
3661 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3662 {
3663 mustfree = FALSE;
3664
3665 /*
3666 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3667 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3668 */
3669 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3670 {
3671 tail = src + 1;
3672 var = dst;
3673 c = dstlen - 1;
3674
3675#ifdef UNIX
3676 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3677 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3678 {
3679 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3680 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3681 *var++ = *tail++;
3682 }
3683 else
3684#endif
3685 {
3686 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3687#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3688 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3689#endif
3690 ))
3691 {
3692#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3693 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3694 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3695#else
3696 *var++ = *tail++;
3697#endif
3698 }
3699 }
3700
3701#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3702# ifdef UNIX
3703 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3704# else
3705 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3706# endif
3707 var = NULL;
3708 else
3709 {
3710# ifdef UNIX
3711 if (src[1] == '{')
3712# else
3713 if (*src == '%')
3714#endif
3715 ++tail;
3716#endif
3717 *var = NUL;
3718 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3719#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3720 }
3721#endif
3722 }
3723 /* home directory */
3724 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3725 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3726 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3727 {
3728 var = homedir;
3729 tail = src + 1;
3730 }
3731 else /* user directory */
3732 {
3733#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3734 /*
3735 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3736 */
3737 tail = src;
3738 var = dst;
3739 c = dstlen - 1;
3740 while ( c-- > 0
3741 && *tail
3742 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3743 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3744 *var++ = *tail++;
3745 *var = NUL;
3746# ifdef UNIX
3747 /*
3748 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3749 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3750 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3751 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3752 */
3753# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3754 {
3755 struct passwd *pw;
3756
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003757 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3758 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003759 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3760 if (pw != NULL)
3761 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3762 else
3763 var = NULL;
3764 }
3765 if (var == NULL)
3766# endif
3767 {
3768 expand_T xpc;
3769
3770 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3771 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3772 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3773 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003774 mustfree = TRUE;
3775 }
3776
3777# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3778 /*
3779 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3780 * directories to search for the user account in.
3781 */
3782 {
3783 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3784 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3785 struct stat st;
3786
3787 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3788 next_path = paths;
3789 while (*next_path)
3790 {
3791 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3792 next_path++);
3793 if (*next_path)
3794 *next_path++ = NUL;
3795 STRCPY(test, path);
3796 STRCAT(test, "/");
3797 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3798 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3799 {
3800 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3801 STRCPY(var, test);
3802 mustfree = TRUE;
3803 break;
3804 }
3805 }
3806 }
3807# endif /* UNIX */
3808#else
3809 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3810 var = NULL;
3811 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3812#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3813 }
3814
3815#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3816 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3817 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3818 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3819 {
3820 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3821
3822 if (p != NULL)
3823 {
3824 if (mustfree)
3825 vim_free(var);
3826 var = p;
3827 mustfree = TRUE;
3828 forward_slash(var);
3829 }
3830 }
3831#endif
3832
3833 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3834 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3835 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3836 {
3837 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3838
3839 if (p != NULL)
3840 {
3841 if (mustfree)
3842 vim_free(var);
3843 var = p;
3844 mustfree = TRUE;
3845 }
3846 }
3847
3848 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3849 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3850 {
3851 STRCPY(dst, var);
3852 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003853 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003854 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3855 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003856 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003857#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3858 && dst[-1] != ':'
3859#endif
3860 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3861 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003862 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003863 src = tail;
3864 copy_char = FALSE;
3865 }
3866 if (mustfree)
3867 vim_free(var);
3868 }
3869
3870 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3871 {
3872 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003873 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003874 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3875 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003876 */
3877 at_start = FALSE;
3878 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3879 {
3880 *dst++ = *src++;
3881 --dstlen;
3882 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003883 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003884 at_start = TRUE;
3885 *dst++ = *src++;
3886 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003887
3888 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3889 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3890 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003891 }
3892 }
3893 *dst = NUL;
3894}
3895
3896/*
3897 * Vim's version of getenv().
3898 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003899 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003900 * "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be
3901 * initialized to FALSE by the caller.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003902 */
3903 char_u *
3904vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3905 char_u *name;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003906 int *mustfree;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003907{
3908 char_u *p;
3909 char_u *pend;
3910 int vimruntime;
3911
3912#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3913 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3914 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3915 return homedir;
3916#endif
3917
3918 p = mch_getenv(name);
3919 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3920 p = NULL;
3921
3922 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003923 {
3924#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3925 if (enc_utf8)
3926 {
3927 int len;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003928 char_u *pp = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003929
3930 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3931 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003932 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003933 if (pp != NULL)
3934 {
3935 p = pp;
3936 *mustfree = TRUE;
3937 }
3938 }
3939#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003940 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003941 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003942
3943 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3944 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3945 return NULL;
3946
3947 /*
3948 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3949 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3950 */
3951 if (vimruntime
3952#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3953 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3954#endif
3955 )
3956 {
3957 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3958 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3959 p = NULL;
3960 if (p != NULL)
3961 {
3962 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3963 if (p != NULL)
3964 *mustfree = TRUE;
3965 else
3966 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003967
3968#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3969 if (enc_utf8)
3970 {
3971 int len;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003972 char_u *pp = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003973
3974 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3975 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3976 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003977 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003978 if (pp != NULL)
3979 {
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003980 if (*mustfree)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003981 vim_free(p);
3982 p = pp;
3983 *mustfree = TRUE;
3984 }
3985 }
3986#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003987 }
3988 }
3989
3990 /*
3991 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3992 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3993 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3994 */
3995 if (p == NULL)
3996 {
3997 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3998 p = p_hf;
3999#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4000 /*
4001 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
4002 */
4003 else
4004 p = exe_name;
4005#endif
4006 if (p != NULL)
4007 {
4008 /* remove the file name */
4009 pend = gettail(p);
4010
4011 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
4012 if (p == p_hf)
4013 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
4014
4015#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4016# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004017 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004018 if (p == exe_name)
4019 {
4020 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004021 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004022
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004023 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
4024 if (pend1 != pend)
4025 {
4026 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
4027 if (pnew != NULL)
4028 {
4029 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
4030 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
4031 p = pnew;
4032 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
4033 }
4034 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004035 }
4036# endif
4037 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
4038 if (p == exe_name)
4039 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
4040#endif
4041
4042 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
4043 if (!vimruntime)
4044 {
4045 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
4046 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
4047 }
4048
4049 /* remove trailing path separator */
4050#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
4051 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00004052 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004053 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004054 --pend;
4055#endif
4056
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004057#ifdef MACOS_X
4058 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
4059#endif
4060 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4061 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004062
4063 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4064 {
4065 vim_free(p);
4066 p = NULL;
4067 }
4068 else
4069 {
4070#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4071 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4072 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4073 {
4074 vim_free(p);
4075 p = pend;
4076 }
4077#endif
4078 *mustfree = TRUE;
4079 }
4080 }
4081 }
4082
4083#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4084 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4085 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4086 if (p == NULL)
4087 {
4088 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4089 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4090 {
4091 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4092 *mustfree = FALSE;
4093 }
4094 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4095 {
4096 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4097 *mustfree = TRUE;
4098 else
4099 {
4100 p = default_vim_dir;
4101 *mustfree = FALSE;
4102 }
4103 }
4104 }
4105#endif
4106
4107 /*
4108 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4109 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4110 */
4111 if (p != NULL)
4112 {
4113 if (vimruntime)
4114 {
4115 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4116 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4117#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4118 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004119 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004120
4121 if (buf != NULL)
4122 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004123 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4124 vim_free(buf);
4125 }
4126 }
4127#endif
4128 }
4129 else
4130 {
4131 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4132 didset_vim = TRUE;
4133 }
4134 }
4135 return p;
4136}
4137
4138/*
4139 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4140 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4141 */
4142 static char_u *
4143vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4144 char_u *vimdir;
4145{
4146 char_u *p;
4147
4148 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4149 return NULL;
4150 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4151 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4152 return p;
4153 vim_free(p);
4154 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4155 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4156 return p;
4157 vim_free(p);
4158 return NULL;
4159}
4160
4161/*
4162 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4163 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4164 */
4165 static char_u *
4166remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4167 char_u *p;
4168 char_u *pend;
4169 char_u *name;
4170{
4171 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4172 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4173
4174 if (newend >= p
4175 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004176 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004177 return newend;
4178 return pend;
4179}
4180
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004181/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004182 * Our portable version of setenv.
4183 */
4184 void
4185vim_setenv(name, val)
4186 char_u *name;
4187 char_u *val;
4188{
4189#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4190 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4191#else
4192 char_u *envbuf;
4193
4194 /*
4195 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4196 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4197 */
4198 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4199 if (envbuf != NULL)
4200 {
4201 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4202 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4203 }
4204#endif
4205}
4206
4207#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4208/*
4209 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4210 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004211 char_u *
4212get_env_name(xp, idx)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004213 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004214 int idx;
4215{
4216# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4217 /*
4218 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4219 */
4220 return NULL;
4221# else
4222# ifndef __WIN32__
4223 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4224 extern char **environ;
4225# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004226# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4227 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004228 char_u *str;
4229 int n;
4230
4231 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4232 if (str == NULL)
4233 return NULL;
4234
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004235 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004236 {
4237 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4238 break;
4239 name[n] = str[n];
4240 }
4241 name[n] = NUL;
4242 return name;
4243# endif
4244}
4245#endif
4246
4247/*
4248 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4249 * 'src'.
4250 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4251 */
4252 void
4253home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4254 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4255 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4256 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4257 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4258 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4259 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4260{
4261 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4262 size_t len;
4263 char_u *homedir_env;
4264 char_u *p;
4265
4266 if (src == NULL)
4267 {
4268 *dst = NUL;
4269 return;
4270 }
4271
4272 /*
4273 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4274 */
4275 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4276 {
4277 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4278 return;
4279 }
4280
4281 /*
4282 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4283 * "real" home directory.
4284 */
4285 if (homedir != NULL)
4286 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4287
4288#ifdef VMS
4289 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4290#else
4291 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4292#endif
4293
4294 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4295 homedir_env = NULL;
4296 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4297 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4298
4299 if (!one)
4300 src = skipwhite(src);
4301 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4302 {
4303 /*
4304 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4305 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4306 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4307 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4308 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4309 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4310 * er's home directory)).
4311 */
4312 p = homedir;
4313 len = dirlen;
4314 for (;;)
4315 {
4316 if ( len
4317 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4318 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4319 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4320 || src[len] == NUL))
4321 {
4322 src += len;
4323 if (--dstlen > 0)
4324 *dst++ = '~';
4325
4326 /*
4327 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4328 */
4329 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4330 *dst++ = '/';
4331 break;
4332 }
4333 if (p == homedir_env)
4334 break;
4335 p = homedir_env;
4336 len = envlen;
4337 }
4338
4339 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4340 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4341 *dst++ = *src++;
4342 /* skip separator */
4343 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4344 *dst++ = *src++;
4345 }
4346 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4347
4348 *dst = NUL;
4349}
4350
4351/*
4352 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4353 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4354 */
4355 char_u *
4356home_replace_save(buf, src)
4357 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4358 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4359{
4360 char_u *dst;
4361 unsigned len;
4362
4363 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4364 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4365 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4366 dst = alloc(len);
4367 if (dst != NULL)
4368 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4369 return dst;
4370}
4371
4372/*
4373 * Compare two file names and return:
4374 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4375 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4376 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4377 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4378 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4379 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4380 */
4381 int
4382fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4383 char_u *s1, *s2;
4384 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4385{
4386#ifdef UNIX
4387 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4388 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4389 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4390 struct stat st1, st2;
4391 int r1, r2;
4392
4393 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4394 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4395 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4396 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4397 {
4398 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4399 if (checkname)
4400 {
4401 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4402 return FPC_SAMEX;
4403 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4404 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4405 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4406 return FPC_SAMEX;
4407 }
4408 return FPC_NOTX;
4409 }
4410 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4411 return FPC_DIFFX;
4412 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4413 return FPC_SAME;
4414 return FPC_DIFF;
4415#else
4416 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4417 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4418 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4419 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4420 int r1, r2;
4421
4422 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4423 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4424 {
4425 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4426 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4427
4428 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4429 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4430 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4431
4432 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4433 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4434 {
4435 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4436 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4437 else
4438 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4439 }
4440 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4441 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4442 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4443 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4444 else
4445 retval = FPC_SAME;
4446 vim_free(exp1);
4447 }
4448 return retval;
4449#endif
4450}
4451
4452/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004453 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004454 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it.
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004455 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004456 */
4457 char_u *
4458gettail(fname)
4459 char_u *fname;
4460{
4461 char_u *p1, *p2;
4462
4463 if (fname == NULL)
4464 return (char_u *)"";
4465 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4466 {
4467 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4468 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004469 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004470 }
4471 return p1;
4472}
4473
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004474#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
4475static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname));
4476
4477/*
4478 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path
4479 * separator:
4480 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file"
4481 * ^ ^ ^ ^
4482 */
4483 static char_u *
4484gettail_dir(fname)
4485 char_u *fname;
4486{
4487 char_u *dir_end = fname;
4488 char_u *next_dir_end = fname;
4489 int look_for_sep = TRUE;
4490 char_u *p;
4491
4492 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; )
4493 {
4494 if (vim_ispathsep(*p))
4495 {
4496 if (look_for_sep)
4497 {
4498 next_dir_end = p;
4499 look_for_sep = FALSE;
4500 }
4501 }
4502 else
4503 {
4504 if (!look_for_sep)
4505 dir_end = next_dir_end;
4506 look_for_sep = TRUE;
4507 }
4508 mb_ptr_adv(p);
4509 }
4510 return dir_end;
4511}
4512#endif
4513
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004514/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004515 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4516 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4517 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4518 */
4519 char_u *
4520gettail_sep(fname)
4521 char_u *fname;
4522{
4523 char_u *p;
4524 char_u *t;
4525
4526 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4527 t = gettail(fname);
4528 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4529 --t;
4530#ifdef VMS
4531 /* path separator is part of the path */
4532 ++t;
4533#endif
4534 return t;
4535}
4536
4537/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004538 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4539 */
4540 char_u *
4541getnextcomp(fname)
4542 char_u *fname;
4543{
4544 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004545 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004546 if (*fname)
4547 ++fname;
4548 return fname;
4549}
4550
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004551/*
4552 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4553 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4554 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4555 */
4556 char_u *
4557get_past_head(path)
4558 char_u *path;
4559{
4560 char_u *retval;
4561
4562#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4563 /* may skip "c:" */
4564 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4565 retval = path + 2;
4566 else
4567 retval = path;
4568#else
4569# if defined(AMIGA)
4570 /* may skip "label:" */
4571 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4572 if (retval == NULL)
4573 retval = path;
4574# else /* Unix */
4575 retval = path;
4576# endif
4577#endif
4578
4579 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4580 ++retval;
4581
4582 return retval;
4583}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004584
4585/*
4586 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4587 */
4588 int
4589vim_ispathsep(c)
4590 int c;
4591{
Bram Moolenaare60acc12011-05-10 16:41:25 +02004592#ifdef UNIX
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004593 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
Bram Moolenaare60acc12011-05-10 16:41:25 +02004594#else
4595# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004596 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
Bram Moolenaare60acc12011-05-10 16:41:25 +02004597# else
4598# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004599 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4600 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4601 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaare60acc12011-05-10 16:41:25 +02004602# else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004603 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaare60acc12011-05-10 16:41:25 +02004604# endif /* VMS */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004605# endif
Bram Moolenaare60acc12011-05-10 16:41:25 +02004606#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004607}
4608
4609#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4610/*
4611 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4612 */
4613 int
4614vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4615 int c;
4616{
4617#ifdef UNIX
4618 return (c == ':');
4619#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004620 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004621#endif
4622}
4623#endif
4624
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004625#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4626 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4627/*
4628 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4629 * It's done in-place.
4630 */
4631 void
4632shorten_dir(str)
4633 char_u *str;
4634{
4635 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4636 int skip = FALSE;
4637
4638 tail = gettail(str);
4639 d = str;
4640 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4641 {
4642 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4643 {
4644 *d++ = *s;
4645 if (*s == NUL)
4646 break;
4647 }
4648 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4649 {
4650 *d++ = *s;
4651 skip = FALSE;
4652 }
4653 else if (!skip)
4654 {
4655 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4656 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4657 skip = TRUE;
4658# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4659 if (has_mbyte)
4660 {
4661 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4662
4663 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004664 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004665 }
4666# endif
4667 }
4668 }
4669}
4670#endif
4671
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004672/*
4673 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4674 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4675 * "fname" must be writable!.
4676 */
4677 int
4678dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4679 char_u *fname;
4680{
4681 char_u *p;
4682 int c;
4683 int retval;
4684
4685 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4686 if (p == fname)
4687 return TRUE;
4688 c = *p;
4689 *p = NUL;
4690 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4691 *p = c;
4692 return retval;
4693}
4694
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004695#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4696 || defined(PROTO)
4697/*
4698 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4699 */
4700 int
4701vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4702 char_u *x, *y;
4703{
4704 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4705}
4706
4707 int
4708vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4709 char_u *x, *y;
4710 size_t len;
4711{
4712 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4713 {
4714 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4715 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4716 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4717 break;
4718 ++x;
4719 ++y;
4720 --len;
4721 }
4722 if (len == 0)
4723 return 0;
4724 return (*x - *y);
4725}
4726#endif
4727
4728/*
4729 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004730 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004731 */
4732 char_u *
4733concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4734 char_u *fname1;
4735 char_u *fname2;
4736 int sep;
4737{
4738 char_u *dest;
4739
4740 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4741 if (dest != NULL)
4742 {
4743 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4744 if (sep)
4745 add_pathsep(dest);
4746 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4747 }
4748 return dest;
4749}
4750
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004751/*
4752 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4753 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4754 */
4755 char_u *
4756concat_str(str1, str2)
4757 char_u *str1;
4758 char_u *str2;
4759{
4760 char_u *dest;
4761 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4762
4763 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4764 if (dest != NULL)
4765 {
4766 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4767 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4768 }
4769 return dest;
4770}
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004771
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004772/*
4773 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4774 * separator.
4775 */
4776 void
4777add_pathsep(p)
4778 char_u *p;
4779{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004780 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004781 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4782}
4783
4784/*
4785 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4786 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4787 */
4788 char_u *
4789FullName_save(fname, force)
4790 char_u *fname;
4791 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4792 like a full path name */
4793{
4794 char_u *buf;
4795 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4796
4797 if (fname == NULL)
4798 return NULL;
4799
4800 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4801 if (buf != NULL)
4802 {
4803 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4804 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4805 else
4806 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4807 vim_free(buf);
4808 }
4809 return new_fname;
4810}
4811
4812#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4813
4814static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4815
4816/*
4817 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4818 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4819 */
4820 pos_T *
4821find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4822 int ind_maxcomment;
4823{
4824 pos_T *pos;
4825 char_u *line;
4826 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004827 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004828
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004829 for (;;)
4830 {
4831 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4832 if (pos == NULL)
4833 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004834
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004835 /*
4836 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4837 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4838 */
4839 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004840 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004841 p = skip_string(p);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004842 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004843 break;
4844 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4845 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4846 {
4847 pos = NULL;
4848 break;
4849 }
4850 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004851 return pos;
4852}
4853
4854/*
4855 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4856 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4857 */
4858 static char_u *
4859skip_string(p)
4860 char_u *p;
4861{
4862 int i;
4863
4864 /*
4865 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4866 */
4867 for ( ; ; ++p)
4868 {
4869 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4870 {
4871 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4872 break;
4873 i = 2;
4874 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4875 {
4876 ++i;
4877 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4878 ++i;
4879 }
4880 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4881 {
4882 p += i;
4883 continue;
4884 }
4885 }
4886 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4887 {
4888 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4889 {
4890 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4891 ++p;
4892 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4893 break;
4894 }
4895 if (p[0] == '"')
4896 continue;
4897 }
4898 break; /* no string found */
4899 }
4900 if (!*p)
4901 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4902 return p;
4903}
4904#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4905
4906#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4907
4908/*
4909 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4910 */
4911 void
4912do_c_expr_indent()
4913{
4914# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4915 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4916 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4917 else
4918# endif
4919 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4920}
4921
4922/*
4923 * Functions for C-indenting.
4924 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4925 */
4926/*
4927 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4928 */
4929
4930static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4931static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4932static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4933static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4934static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4935static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4936static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4937static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4938static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4939static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4940static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4941static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4942static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4943static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4944static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4945static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4946static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4947static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4948static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4949static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4950static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004951static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004952static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004953static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004954static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004955static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4956static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4957static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4958static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4959static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4960static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4961static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4962
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004963static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4964
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004965/*
4966 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004967 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004968 */
4969 static char_u *
4970cin_skipcomment(s)
4971 char_u *s;
4972{
4973 while (*s)
4974 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004975 char_u *prev_s = s;
4976
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004977 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004978
4979 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4980 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4981 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4982 {
4983 s += STRLEN(s);
4984 break;
4985 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004986 if (*s != '/')
4987 break;
4988 ++s;
4989 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4990 {
4991 s += STRLEN(s);
4992 break;
4993 }
4994 if (*s != '*')
4995 break;
4996 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4997 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4998 {
4999 s += 2;
5000 break;
5001 }
5002 }
5003 return s;
5004}
5005
5006/*
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005007 * Return TRUE if there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005008 * not considered code.
5009 */
5010 static int
5011cin_nocode(s)
5012 char_u *s;
5013{
5014 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
5015}
5016
5017/*
5018 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
5019 */
5020 static pos_T *
5021find_line_comment() /* XXX */
5022{
5023 static pos_T pos;
5024 char_u *line;
5025 char_u *p;
5026
5027 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
5028 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
5029 {
5030 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
5031 p = skipwhite(line);
5032 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
5033 {
5034 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
5035 return &pos;
5036 }
5037 if (*p != NUL)
5038 break;
5039 }
5040 return NULL;
5041}
5042
5043/*
5044 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
5045 */
5046 static int
5047cin_islabel_skip(s)
5048 char_u **s;
5049{
5050 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
5051 return FALSE;
5052
5053 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
5054 (*s)++;
5055
5056 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
5057
5058 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
5059 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
5060}
5061
5062/*
5063 * Recognize a label: "label:".
5064 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
5065 */
5066 int
5067cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5068 int ind_maxcomment;
5069{
5070 char_u *s;
5071
5072 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5073
5074 /*
5075 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
5076 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
5077 */
5078 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5079 return FALSE;
5080 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
5081 return FALSE;
5082
5083 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
5084 {
5085 /*
5086 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
5087 * label.
5088 */
5089 pos_T cursor_save;
5090 pos_T *trypos;
5091 char_u *line;
5092
5093 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5094 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5095 {
5096 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5097
5098 /*
5099 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5100 */
5101 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5102 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5103 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5104
5105 line = ml_get_curline();
5106 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5107 continue;
5108 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5109 continue;
5110
5111 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5112 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5113 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005114 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005115 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5116 return TRUE;
5117 return FALSE;
5118 }
5119 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5120 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5121 }
5122 return FALSE;
5123}
5124
5125/*
5126 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5127 * Q&D-Implementation:
5128 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5129 */
5130 static int
5131cin_isinit(void)
5132{
5133 char_u *s;
5134
5135 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5136
5137 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5138 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5139
5140 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5141 return TRUE;
5142
5143 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5144 return TRUE;
5145
5146 return FALSE;
5147}
5148
5149/*
5150 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5151 */
5152 int
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005153cin_iscase(s, strict)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005154 char_u *s;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005155 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005156{
5157 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5158 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5159 {
5160 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5161 {
5162 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5163 if (*s == ':')
5164 {
5165 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5166 ++s;
5167 else
5168 return TRUE;
5169 }
5170 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005171 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005172 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5173 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5174 else if (*s == '"')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005175 {
5176 /* JS etc. */
5177 if (strict)
5178 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5179 else
5180 return TRUE;
5181 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005182 }
5183 return FALSE;
5184 }
5185
5186 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5187 return TRUE;
5188 return FALSE;
5189}
5190
5191/*
5192 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5193 */
5194 static int
5195cin_isdefault(s)
5196 char_u *s;
5197{
5198 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5199 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5200 && s[1] != ':');
5201}
5202
5203/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02005204 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005205 */
5206 int
5207cin_isscopedecl(s)
5208 char_u *s;
5209{
5210 int i;
5211
5212 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5213 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5214 i = 6;
5215 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5216 i = 9;
5217 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5218 i = 7;
5219 else
5220 return FALSE;
5221 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5222}
5223
5224/*
5225 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5226 * Return NULL if not found.
5227 * case 234: a = b;
5228 * ^
5229 */
5230 static char_u *
5231after_label(l)
5232 char_u *l;
5233{
5234 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5235 {
5236 if (*l == ':')
5237 {
5238 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5239 ++l;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005240 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005241 break;
5242 }
5243 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5244 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5245 }
5246 if (*l == NUL)
5247 return NULL;
5248 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5249 if (*l == NUL)
5250 return NULL;
5251 return l;
5252}
5253
5254/*
5255 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5256 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5257 */
5258 static int
5259get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5260 linenr_T lnum;
5261{
5262 char_u *l;
5263 pos_T fp;
5264 colnr_T col;
5265 char_u *p;
5266
5267 l = ml_get(lnum);
5268 p = after_label(l);
5269 if (p == NULL)
5270 return 0;
5271
5272 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5273 fp.lnum = lnum;
5274 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5275 return (int)col;
5276}
5277
5278/*
5279 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005280 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005281 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5282 * ^
5283 */
5284 static int
5285skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5286 linenr_T lnum;
5287 char_u **pp;
5288 int ind_maxcomment;
5289{
5290 char_u *l;
5291 int amount;
5292 pos_T cursor_save;
5293
5294 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5295 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5296 l = ml_get_curline();
5297 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005298 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)
5299 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005300 {
5301 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5302 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5303 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5304 l = ml_get_curline();
5305 }
5306 else
5307 {
5308 amount = get_indent();
5309 l = ml_get_curline();
5310 }
5311 *pp = l;
5312
5313 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5314 return amount;
5315}
5316
5317/*
5318 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5319 * int a, indent of "a"
5320 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5321 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5322 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5323 */
5324 static int
5325cin_first_id_amount()
5326{
5327 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5328 int len;
5329 pos_T fp;
5330 colnr_T col;
5331
5332 line = ml_get_curline();
5333 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005334 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005335 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5336 {
5337 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005338 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005339 }
5340 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5341 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5342 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5343 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5344 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5345 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5346 {
5347 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5348 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5349 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5350 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5351 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5352 p = s;
5353 }
5354 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5355 ;
5356 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5357 return 0;
5358
5359 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5360 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5361 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5362 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5363 return (int)col;
5364}
5365
5366/*
5367 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5368 * char *foo = "here";
5369 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5370 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5371 * foo = "asdf\
5372 * asdf\
5373 * here";
5374 */
5375 static int
5376cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5377 linenr_T lnum;
5378{
5379 char_u *line;
5380 char_u *s;
5381 colnr_T col;
5382 pos_T fp;
5383
5384 if (lnum > 1)
5385 {
5386 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5387 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5388 return -1;
5389 }
5390
5391 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5392 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5393 {
5394 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5395 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5396 else
5397 ++s;
5398 }
5399 if (*s != '=')
5400 return 0;
5401
5402 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5403 if (cin_nocode(s))
5404 return 0;
5405
5406 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5407 ++s;
5408
5409 fp.lnum = lnum;
5410 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5411 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5412 return (int)col;
5413}
5414
5415/*
5416 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5417 */
5418 static int
5419cin_ispreproc(s)
5420 char_u *s;
5421{
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005422 if (*skipwhite(s) == '#')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005423 return TRUE;
5424 return FALSE;
5425}
5426
5427/*
5428 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5429 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5430 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5431 */
5432 static int
5433cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5434 char_u **pp;
5435 linenr_T *lnump;
5436{
5437 char_u *line = *pp;
5438 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5439 int retval = FALSE;
5440
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005441 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005442 {
5443 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5444 {
5445 retval = TRUE;
5446 *lnump = lnum;
5447 break;
5448 }
5449 if (lnum == 1)
5450 break;
5451 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5452 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5453 break;
5454 }
5455
5456 if (lnum != *lnump)
5457 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5458 return retval;
5459}
5460
5461/*
5462 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5463 */
5464 static int
5465cin_iscomment(p)
5466 char_u *p;
5467{
5468 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5469}
5470
5471/*
5472 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5473 */
5474 static int
5475cin_islinecomment(p)
5476 char_u *p;
5477{
5478 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5479}
5480
5481/*
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005482 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', ',', '{' or
5483 * '}'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005484 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005485 * Don't consider a line where there are unmatched opening braces before '}',
5486 * ';' or ',' a terminated line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005487 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5488 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5489 */
5490 static int
5491cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5492 char_u *s;
5493 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5494 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5495{
5496 char_u found_start = 0;
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005497 unsigned n_open = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005498
5499 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5500
5501 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5502 found_start = *s;
5503
5504 while (*s)
5505 {
5506 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5507 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005508 if (*s == '}' && n_open > 0)
5509 --n_open;
5510 if (n_open == 0
5511 && (*s == ';' || *s == '}' || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005512 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5513 return *s;
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005514 else if (*s == '{')
5515 {
5516 if (incl_open && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5517 return *s;
5518 else
5519 ++n_open;
5520 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005521
5522 if (*s)
5523 s++;
5524 }
5525 return found_start;
5526}
5527
5528/*
5529 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5530 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5531 * no semicolons anywhere.
5532 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5533 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5534 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5535 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5536 */
5537 static int
5538cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5539 char_u **sp;
5540 linenr_T first_lnum;
5541{
5542 char_u *s;
5543 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5544 int retval = FALSE;
5545
5546 if (sp == NULL)
5547 s = ml_get(lnum);
5548 else
5549 s = *sp;
5550
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005551 /* Ignore line starting with #. */
5552 if (cin_ispreproc(s))
5553 return FALSE;
5554
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005555 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5556 {
5557 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5558 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5559 else
5560 ++s;
5561 }
5562 if (*s != '(')
5563 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5564
5565 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5566 {
5567 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5568 {
5569 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5570 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5571 * #if defined(x) && \
5572 * defined(y)
5573 */
5574 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5575 s = ml_get(lnum);
5576 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5577 retval = TRUE;
5578 goto done;
5579 }
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005580 if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005581 {
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005582 int comma = (*s == ',');
5583
5584 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line.
5585 * At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style:
5586 * func(arg1
5587 * , arg2) */
5588 for (;;)
5589 {
5590 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5591 break;
5592 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5593 if (!cin_ispreproc(s))
5594 break;
5595 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005596 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5597 break;
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005598 /* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the
5599 * start of next line. */
5600 s = skipwhite(s);
5601 if (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')')
5602 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005603 }
5604 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5605 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5606 else
5607 ++s;
5608 }
5609
5610done:
5611 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5612 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5613
5614 return retval;
5615}
5616
5617 static int
5618cin_isif(p)
5619 char_u *p;
5620{
5621 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5622}
5623
5624 static int
5625cin_iselse(p)
5626 char_u *p;
5627{
5628 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5629 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5630 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5631}
5632
5633 static int
5634cin_isdo(p)
5635 char_u *p;
5636{
5637 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5638}
5639
5640/*
5641 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5642 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5643 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5644 */
5645 static int
5646cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5647 char_u *p;
5648 linenr_T lnum;
5649 int ind_maxparen;
5650{
5651 pos_T cursor_save;
5652 pos_T *trypos;
5653 int retval = FALSE;
5654
5655 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5656 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5657 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5658 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5659 {
5660 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5661 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5662 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5663 p = ml_get_curline();
5664 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5665 {
5666 ++p;
5667 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5668 }
5669 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5670 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5671 retval = TRUE;
5672 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5673 }
5674 return retval;
5675}
5676
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005677/*
5678 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5679 * do
5680 * nothing;
5681 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005682 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005683 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5684 */
5685 static int
5686cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5687 int terminated;
5688 int ind_maxparen;
5689 int ind_maxcomment;
5690{
5691 char_u *line;
5692 char_u *p;
5693 char_u *s;
5694 pos_T *trypos;
5695 int i;
5696
5697 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5698 return FALSE;
5699
5700 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5701 while (*p != NUL)
5702 {
5703 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5704 if (*p == ')')
5705 {
5706 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5707 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5708 {
5709 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5710 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005711 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005712 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5713 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5714 if (trypos != NULL)
5715 {
5716 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5717 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5718 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5719 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5720 {
5721 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5722 return TRUE;
5723 }
5724 }
5725
5726 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5727 line = ml_get_curline();
5728 p = line + i;
5729 }
5730 }
5731 if (*p != NUL)
5732 ++p;
5733 }
5734 return FALSE;
5735}
5736
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005737 static int
5738cin_isbreak(p)
5739 char_u *p;
5740{
5741 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5742}
5743
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005744/*
5745 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005746 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5747 *
5748 * class MyClass :
5749 * baseClass <-- here
5750 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5751 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5752 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5753 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005754 *
5755 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005756 */
5757 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005758cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005759 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005760{
5761 char_u *s;
5762 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005763 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005764 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005765
5766 *col = 0;
5767
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005768 s = skipwhite(line);
5769 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5770 return FALSE;
5771 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005772 if (*s == NUL)
5773 return FALSE;
5774
5775 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5776
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005777 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5778 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5779 * a = cond ?
5780 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005781 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005782 * func::foo()
5783 * : something
5784 * {}
5785 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5786 * : something(4),
5787 * somethingelse(3)
5788 * {}
5789 */
5790 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005791 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005792 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5793 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005794 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5795 break;
5796 while (*s != NUL)
5797 {
5798 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5799 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5800 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5801 break;
5802 if (*s != NUL)
5803 ++s;
5804 }
5805 if (*s != NUL)
5806 break;
5807 --lnum;
5808 }
5809
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005810 line = ml_get(lnum);
5811 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005812 for (;;)
5813 {
5814 if (*s == NUL)
5815 {
5816 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5817 break;
5818 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005819 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5820 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5821 if (*s == NUL)
5822 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005823 }
5824
Bram Moolenaaraede6ce2011-05-10 11:56:30 +02005825 if (s[0] == '"')
5826 s = skip_string(s) + 1;
5827 else if (s[0] == ':')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005828 {
5829 if (s[1] == ':')
5830 {
5831 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5832 * initialization any more */
5833 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5834 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5835 }
5836 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5837 {
5838 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005839 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005840 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5841 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5842 *col = 0;
5843 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5844 }
5845 else
5846 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5847 }
5848 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5849 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5850 {
5851 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5852 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5853
5854 if (*s == 'c')
5855 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5856 else
5857 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5858 }
5859 else
5860 {
5861 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5862 {
5863 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5864 }
5865 else if (s[0] == ')')
5866 {
5867 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5868 * something like "):" */
5869 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5870 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5871 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005872 else if (s[0] == '?')
5873 {
5874 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5875 return FALSE;
5876 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005877 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5878 {
5879 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5880 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5881 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5882 }
5883 else if (*col == 0)
5884 {
5885 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5886 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5887
5888 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005889 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005890 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5891 }
5892
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005893 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5894 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5895 *col = 0;
5896
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005897 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5898 }
5899 }
5900
5901 return cpp_base_class;
5902}
5903
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005904 static int
5905get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5906 int col;
5907 int ind_maxparen;
5908 int ind_maxcomment;
5909 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5910{
5911 int amount;
5912 colnr_T vcol;
5913 pos_T *trypos;
5914
5915 if (col == 0)
5916 {
5917 amount = get_indent();
5918 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5919 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5920 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5921 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5922 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5923 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5924 }
5925 else
5926 {
5927 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5928 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5929 amount = (int)vcol;
5930 }
5931 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5932 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5933 return amount;
5934}
5935
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005936/*
5937 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5938 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5939 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5940 */
5941 static int
5942cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5943 char_u *s;
5944 char_u *find;
5945 char_u *ignore;
5946{
5947 char_u *p = s;
5948 char_u *r;
5949 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5950
5951 while (*p != NUL)
5952 {
5953 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5954 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5955 {
5956 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5957 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5958 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5959 if (cin_nocode(r))
5960 return TRUE;
5961 }
5962 if (*p != NUL)
5963 ++p;
5964 }
5965 return FALSE;
5966}
5967
5968/*
5969 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5970 * Return the column found.
5971 */
5972 static int
5973cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5974 pos_T *trypos;
5975{
5976 char_u *line;
5977 char_u *p;
5978
5979 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5980 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5981 {
5982 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5983 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5984 else
5985 {
5986 p = skip_string(p);
5987 ++p;
5988 }
5989 }
5990 return (int)(p - line);
5991}
5992
5993/*
5994 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5995 * Return NULL if no match found.
5996 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5997 * work. */
5998/* foo() */
5999/* { */
6000/* } */
6001
6002 static pos_T *
6003find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
6004 int ind_maxcomment;
6005{
6006 pos_T cursor_save;
6007 pos_T *trypos;
6008 pos_T *pos;
6009 static pos_T pos_copy;
6010
6011 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
6012 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
6013 {
6014 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
6015 trypos = &pos_copy;
6016 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
6017 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006018 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006019 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
6020 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
6021 break;
6022 if (pos != NULL)
6023 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
6024 }
6025 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
6026 return trypos;
6027}
6028
6029/*
6030 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
6031 * Return NULL of no match found.
6032 */
6033 static pos_T *
6034find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
6035 int ind_maxparen;
6036 int ind_maxcomment;
6037{
6038 pos_T cursor_save;
6039 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006040 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006041
6042 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
6043 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
6044 {
6045 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
6046 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
6047 trypos = NULL;
6048 else
6049 {
6050 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
6051 trypos = &pos_copy;
6052 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
6053 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
6054 trypos = NULL;
6055 }
6056 }
6057 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
6058 return trypos;
6059}
6060
6061/*
6062 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
6063 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
6064 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
6065 * looking a few lines further.
6066 */
6067 static int
6068corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
6069 int ind_maxparen;
6070 pos_T *startpos;
6071{
6072 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6073
6074 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
6075 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
6076 return ind_maxparen;
6077}
6078
6079/*
6080 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
6081 * line "l".
6082 */
6083 static int
6084find_last_paren(l, start, end)
6085 char_u *l;
6086 int start, end;
6087{
6088 int i;
6089 int retval = FALSE;
6090 int open_count = 0;
6091
6092 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
6093
6094 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
6095 {
6096 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
6097 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
6098 if (l[i] == start)
6099 ++open_count;
6100 else if (l[i] == end)
6101 {
6102 if (open_count > 0)
6103 --open_count;
6104 else
6105 {
6106 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
6107 retval = TRUE;
6108 }
6109 }
6110 }
6111 return retval;
6112}
6113
6114 int
6115get_c_indent()
6116{
6117 /*
6118 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
6119 * block should be
6120 */
6121 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6122
6123 /*
6124 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
6125 * line is imagined to be.
6126 */
6127 int ind_open_imag = 0;
6128
6129 /*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02006130 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006131 * an opening brace.
6132 */
6133 int ind_no_brace = 0;
6134
6135 /*
6136 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6137 */
6138 int ind_first_open = 0;
6139
6140 /*
6141 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6142 * located
6143 */
6144 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6145
6146 /*
6147 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6148 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6149 * brace should be located
6150 */
6151 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6152
6153 /*
6154 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6155 * column is imagined to be
6156 */
6157 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6158
6159 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006160 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative,
6161 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1.
6162 */
6163 int ind_jump_label = -1;
6164
6165 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006166 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6167 */
6168 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6169
6170 /*
6171 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6172 */
6173 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6174
6175 /*
6176 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6177 */
6178 int ind_case_break = 0;
6179
6180 /*
6181 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6182 * should be located
6183 */
6184 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6185
6186 /*
6187 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6188 */
6189 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6190
6191 /*
6192 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6193 */
6194 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6195
6196 /*
6197 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6198 */
6199 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6200
6201 /*
6202 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6203 * should be indented
6204 */
6205 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6206
6207 /*
6208 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6209 * should be located
6210 */
6211 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6212
6213 /*
6214 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6215 */
6216 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6217
6218 /*
6219 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6220 * itself is also unclosed
6221 */
6222 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6223
6224 /*
6225 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6226 * unclosed parentheses.
6227 */
6228 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6229
6230 /*
6231 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6232 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6233 * context (for very long lines).
6234 */
6235 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6236
6237 /*
6238 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6239 * an unclosed parentheses.
6240 */
6241 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6242
6243 /*
6244 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6245 * opening parentheses.
6246 */
6247 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6248
6249 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006250 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6251 */
6252 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6253
6254 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006255 * Extra indent for comments.
6256 */
6257 int ind_comment = 0;
6258
6259 /*
6260 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6261 */
6262 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6263
6264 /*
6265 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6266 * after the comment opener.
6267 */
6268 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6269
6270 /*
6271 * max lines to search for an open paren
6272 */
6273 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6274
6275 /*
6276 * max lines to search for an open comment
6277 */
6278 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6279
6280 /*
6281 * handle braces for java code
6282 */
6283 int ind_java = 0;
6284
6285 /*
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006286 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels
6287 */
6288 int ind_js = 0;
6289
6290 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006291 * handle blocked cases correctly
6292 */
6293 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6294
6295 pos_T cur_curpos;
6296 int amount;
6297 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006298 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006299 colnr_T col;
6300 char_u *theline;
6301 char_u *linecopy;
6302 pos_T *trypos;
6303 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6304 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6305 char_u *start;
6306 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006307#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006308#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6309#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6310 linenr_T ourscope;
6311 char_u *l;
6312 char_u *look;
6313 char_u terminated;
6314 int lookfor;
6315#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6316#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6317#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6318#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6319#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6320#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6321#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6322#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6323#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6324#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6325#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6326
6327 int whilelevel;
6328 linenr_T lnum;
6329 char_u *options;
6330 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6331 int divider;
6332 int n;
6333 int iscase;
6334 int lookfor_break;
6335 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006336 int original_line_islabel;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006337
6338 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6339 {
6340 l = options++;
6341 if (*options == '-')
6342 ++options;
6343 n = getdigits(&options);
6344 divider = 0;
6345 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6346 {
6347 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6348 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6349 {
6350 ++options;
6351 if (divider)
6352 divider *= 10;
6353 else
6354 divider = 10;
6355 }
6356 }
6357 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6358 {
6359 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6360 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6361 else
6362 {
6363 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6364 if (divider)
6365 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6366 }
6367 ++options;
6368 }
6369 if (l[1] == '-')
6370 n = -n;
6371 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006372 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006373 switch (*l)
6374 {
6375 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6376 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6377 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6378 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6379 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6380 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6381 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006382 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006383 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6384 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6385 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6386 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6387 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6388 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6389 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6390 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6391 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6392 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6393 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6394 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6395 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6396 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6397 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6398 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006399 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006400 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6401 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6402 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6403 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6404 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006405 case 'J': ind_js = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006406 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006407 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006408 }
Bram Moolenaardfdf3c42010-03-23 18:22:46 +01006409 if (*options == ',')
6410 ++options;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006411 }
6412
6413 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6414 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6415
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006416 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */
6417 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1)
6418 return 0;
6419
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006420 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6421 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6422 * ml_get is valid! */
6423 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6424 if (linecopy == NULL)
6425 return 0;
6426
6427 /*
6428 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6429 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6430 * inserting new stuff.
6431 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6432 * check for that.
6433 */
6434 if ((State & INSERT)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00006435 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006436 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6437 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6438
6439 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6440
6441 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6442
6443 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6444
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006445 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
6446
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006447 /*
6448 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6449 */
6450 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6451 {
6452 amount = 0;
6453 }
6454
6455 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006456 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless:
6457 * - JS flag is set.
6458 * - 'L' item has a positive value.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006459 */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006460 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006461 {
6462 amount = 0;
6463 }
6464
6465 /*
6466 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6467 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6468 */
6469 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6470 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6471 {
6472 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6473 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6474 amount = col;
6475 }
6476
6477 /*
6478 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6479 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6480 */
6481 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6482 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6483 {
6484 int lead_start_len = 2;
6485 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6486 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6487 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6488 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6489 char_u *p;
6490 int start_align = 0;
6491 int start_off = 0;
6492 int done = FALSE;
6493
6494 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6495 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6496 amount = col;
Bram Moolenaar4aa97422011-04-11 14:27:38 +02006497 *lead_start = NUL;
6498 *lead_middle = NUL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006499
6500 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6501 while (*p != NUL)
6502 {
6503 int align = 0;
6504 int off = 0;
6505 int what = 0;
6506
6507 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6508 {
6509 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6510 what = *p++;
6511 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6512 align = *p++;
6513 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6514 off = getdigits(&p);
6515 else
6516 ++p;
6517 }
6518
6519 if (*p == ':')
6520 ++p;
6521 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6522 if (what == COM_START)
6523 {
6524 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6525 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6526 start_off = off;
6527 start_align = align;
6528 }
6529 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6530 {
6531 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6532 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6533 }
6534 else if (what == COM_END)
6535 {
6536 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6537 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6538 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6539 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6540 {
6541 done = TRUE;
6542 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6543 {
6544 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006545 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006546 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6547 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6548 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6549 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6550 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6551 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6552 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6553 {
6554 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6555 break;
6556 }
6557 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6558 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6559 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6560 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6561 continue;
6562 }
6563 if (start_off != 0)
6564 amount += start_off;
6565 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006566 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6567 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006568 break;
6569 }
6570
6571 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6572 * with the middle comment */
6573 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6574 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6575 {
6576 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6577 /* XXX */
6578 if (off != 0)
6579 amount += off;
6580 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006581 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6582 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006583 done = TRUE;
6584 break;
6585 }
6586 }
6587 }
6588
6589 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6590 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6591 * with the first character of the comment text.
6592 */
6593 if (done)
6594 ;
6595 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6596 amount += 1;
6597 else
6598 {
6599 /*
6600 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6601 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6602 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6603 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6604 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6605 */
6606 amount = -1;
6607 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6608 {
6609 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6610 continue;
6611 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6612 break;
6613 }
6614 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6615 {
6616 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6617 {
6618 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6619 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6620 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6621 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6622 }
6623 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6624 amount = col;
6625 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6626 amount += ind_in_comment;
6627 }
6628 }
6629 }
6630
6631 /*
6632 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6633 */ /* XXX */
6634 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6635 && ind_java == 0)
6636 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6637 || trypos != NULL)
6638 {
6639 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6640 {
6641 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6642 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6643 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6644 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6645 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6646 trypos = NULL;
6647 else
6648 tryposBrace = NULL;
6649 }
6650
6651 if (trypos != NULL)
6652 {
6653 /*
6654 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6655 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6656 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006657 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006658 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006659 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6660 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6661 }
6662 else
6663 {
6664 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006665 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6666 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006667 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006668 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6669 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6670 continue;
6671 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6672 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6673 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006674
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006675 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6676 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6677 {
6678 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6679 continue;
6680 }
6681
6682 /* XXX */
6683 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6684 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006685 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006686 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6687 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6688 {
6689 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006690
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006691 if (theline[0] == ')')
6692 {
6693 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6694 && cur_amount > amount)
6695 cur_amount = amount;
6696 amount = -1;
6697 }
6698 break;
6699 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006700 }
6701 }
6702
6703 /*
6704 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6705 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6706 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6707 */
6708 if (amount == -1)
6709 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006710 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6711
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006712 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006713 look = skipwhite(look);
6714 if (*look == '(')
6715 {
6716 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6717 char_u *line;
6718 int look_col;
6719
6720 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6721 * our matching '('. */
6722 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6723 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006724 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006725 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6726 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6727 != NULL
6728 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6729 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6730 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6731
6732 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6733 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6734 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006735 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006736 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6737 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006738 {
6739 /*
6740 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6741 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6742 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6743 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6744 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6745 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6746 * lines).
6747 */
6748 if (theline[0] != ')')
6749 {
6750 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6751 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6752 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6753 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6754 {
6755 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6756 * for each additional level */
6757 n = 1;
6758 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6759 {
6760 switch (l[col])
6761 {
6762 case '(':
6763 case '{': ++n;
6764 break;
6765
6766 case ')':
6767 case '}': if (n > 1)
6768 --n;
6769 break;
6770 }
6771 }
6772
6773 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6774 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6775 }
6776 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6777 our_paren_pos.col++;
6778 else
6779 {
6780 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6781 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6782 col++;
6783 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6784 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6785 else
6786 our_paren_pos.col++;
6787 }
6788 }
6789
6790 /*
6791 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6792 * if we did the above "if".
6793 */
6794 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6795 {
6796 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6797 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6798 cur_amount = col;
6799 }
6800 }
6801
6802 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6803 {
6804 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6805 }
6806 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006807 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006808 {
6809 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6810 amount = cur_amount;
6811 }
6812 else
6813 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006814 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6815 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006816 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006817 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006818 {
6819 --our_paren_pos.col;
6820 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6821 {
6822 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6823 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6824 break;
6825 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6826 col = MAXCOL;
6827 break;
6828 }
6829 }
6830
6831 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6832 * braces */
6833 if (col == MAXCOL)
6834 amount += ind_unclosed;
6835 else
6836 {
6837 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6838 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
Bram Moolenaar367bec82011-04-11 14:26:19 +02006839 if (find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006840 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6841 else
6842 amount += ind_unclosed;
6843 }
6844 /*
6845 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6846 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6847 * lines:
6848 * func_long_name( if (x
6849 * arg && yy
6850 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6851 */
6852 if (cur_amount < amount)
6853 amount = cur_amount;
6854 }
6855 }
6856
6857 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6858 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6859 amount += ind_comment;
6860 }
6861
6862 /*
6863 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6864 */
6865 else
6866 {
6867 trypos = tryposBrace;
6868
6869 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6870 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6871
6872 /*
6873 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6874 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6875 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6876 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6877 */
6878 look = skipwhite(start);
6879 if (*look == '{')
6880 {
6881 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6882 amount = col;
6883 if (*start == '{')
6884 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6885 else
6886 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6887 }
6888 else
6889 {
6890 /*
6891 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6892 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6893 */
6894 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6895
6896 /*
6897 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6898 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6899 */
6900 lnum = ourscope;
6901 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6902 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6903 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6904 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6905
6906 /*
6907 * It could have been something like
6908 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6909 * ldfd) {
6910 * }
6911 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006912 if ((ind_keep_case_label
6913 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006914 amount = get_indent();
6915 else
6916 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6917
6918 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6919 }
6920
6921 /*
6922 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6923 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6924 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6925 */
6926 if (theline[0] == '}')
6927 {
6928 /*
6929 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6930 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6931 */
6932 amount += ind_close_extra;
6933 }
6934 else
6935 {
6936 /*
6937 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6938 * to match it with.
6939 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6940 * to match it with.
6941 */
6942 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6943 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6944 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6945 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6946 /* XXX */
6947 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6948 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6949 {
6950 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6951 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6952 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6953 {
6954 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6955 goto theend;
6956 }
6957 }
6958
6959 /*
6960 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6961 * failed to find a matching "if").
6962 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6963 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6964 */
6965
6966 /*
6967 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6968 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6969 * location for ind_open_extra.
6970 */
6971
6972 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6973 {
6974 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6975 }
6976 else
6977 {
6978 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6979 amount += ind_open_imag;
6980 else
6981 {
6982 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6983 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6984 if (amount < 0)
6985 amount = 0;
6986 }
6987 }
6988
6989 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6990
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006991 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006992 {
6993 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6994 amount += ind_case;
6995 }
6996 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6997 {
6998 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6999 amount += ind_scopedecl;
7000 }
7001 else
7002 {
7003 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
7004 lookfor_break = TRUE;
7005
7006 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
7007 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
7008 }
7009 scope_amount = amount;
7010 whilelevel = 0;
7011
7012 /*
7013 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
7014 * with that.
7015 *
7016 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
7017 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
7018 * that opens the block.
7019 */
7020 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7021 for (;;)
7022 {
7023 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7024 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7025
7026 /*
7027 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
7028 * up with it.
7029 */
7030 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
7031 {
7032 /* we reached end of scope:
7033 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
7034 * go further back:
7035 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
7036 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
7037 * declaration:
7038 * int x,
7039 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
7040 */
7041 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7042 {
7043 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
7044 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
7045 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
7046 {
7047 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
7048 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
7049 * initialization) */
7050 if (cont_amount > 0)
7051 amount = cont_amount;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007052 else if (!ind_js)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007053 amount += ind_continuation;
7054 break;
7055 }
7056
7057 l = ml_get_curline();
7058
7059 /*
7060 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
7061 * comment.
7062 */
7063 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
7064 if (trypos != NULL)
7065 {
7066 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007067 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007068 continue;
7069 }
7070
7071 /*
7072 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7073 */
7074 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7075 continue;
7076
7077 if (cin_nocode(l))
7078 continue;
7079
7080 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7081
7082 /*
7083 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
7084 * function declaration, we are done
7085 * (it's a variable declaration).
7086 */
7087 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
7088 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7089 {
7090 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
7091 * it is a continued variable initialization.
7092 * don't add extra indent.
7093 * TODO: does not work, if a function
7094 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
7095 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
7096 */
7097 if (terminated == ',')
7098 break;
7099
7100 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
7101 * we are done.
7102 */
7103 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
7104 break;
7105
7106 /* nothing useful found */
7107 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
7108 continue;
7109 }
7110
7111 if (terminated != ';')
7112 {
7113 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
7114 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
7115 * will take us back to the start of the line.
7116 */ /* XXX */
7117 trypos = NULL;
7118 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
7119 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7120 ind_maxcomment);
7121
7122 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
7123 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7124
7125 if (trypos != NULL)
7126 {
7127 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007128 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007129 continue;
7130 }
7131 }
7132
7133 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
7134 * like in
7135 * int a,
7136 * b;
7137 */
7138 if (cont_amount > 0)
7139 amount = cont_amount;
7140 else
7141 amount += ind_continuation;
7142 }
7143 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7144 {
7145 if (cont_amount > 0)
7146 amount = cont_amount;
7147 else
7148 amount += ind_continuation;
7149 }
7150 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7151 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7152 {
7153 amount = scope_amount;
7154 if (theline[0] == '{')
7155 amount += ind_open_extra;
7156 }
7157 break;
7158 }
7159
7160 /*
7161 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7162 */ /* XXX */
7163 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7164 {
7165 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007166 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007167 continue;
7168 }
7169
7170 l = ml_get_curline();
7171
7172 /*
7173 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007174 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007175 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007176 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007177 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7178 {
7179 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7180 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7181 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7182 break;
7183
7184 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7185 * labels. */
7186 if (whilelevel > 0)
7187 continue;
7188
7189 /*
7190 * case xx:
7191 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7192 *-> here;
7193 */
7194 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7195 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7196 {
7197 if (cont_amount > 0)
7198 amount = cont_amount;
7199 else
7200 amount += ind_continuation;
7201 break;
7202 }
7203
7204 /*
7205 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7206 * x = 333;
7207 * case yy:
7208 */
7209 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7210 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7211 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7212 {
7213 /*
7214 * Check that this case label is not for another
7215 * switch()
7216 */ /* XXX */
7217 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7218 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7219 {
7220 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7221 break;
7222 }
7223 continue;
7224 }
7225
7226 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7227
7228 /*
7229 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7230 * y = y + 1;
7231 * -> s = 99;
7232 *
7233 * case xx:
7234 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7235 * y = y + 1;
7236 * -> s = 99;
7237 */
7238 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7239 {
7240 if (n)
7241 amount = n;
7242
7243 if (!lookfor_break)
7244 break;
7245 }
7246
7247 /*
7248 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7249 * -> y = y + 1;
7250 *
7251 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7252 * -> y = y + 1;
7253 */
7254 if (n)
7255 {
7256 amount = n;
7257 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7258 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007259 {
7260 if (theline[0] == '{')
7261 amount += ind_open_extra;
7262 else
7263 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7264 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007265 break;
7266 }
7267
7268 /*
7269 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7270 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7271 * switch label.
7272 * break; <- may line up with this line
7273 * case xx:
7274 * -> y = 1;
7275 */
7276 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7277 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7278 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7279 continue;
7280 }
7281
7282 /*
7283 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7284 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7285 */
7286 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7287 {
7288 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7289 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007290 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007291 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007292 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7293 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007294 continue;
7295 }
7296
7297 /*
7298 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7299 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007300 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007301 {
7302 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7303 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7304 continue;
7305 }
7306
7307 /*
7308 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7309 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7310 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7311 * unlocked it)
7312 */
7313 l = ml_get_curline();
7314 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7315 || cin_nocode(l))
7316 continue;
7317
7318 /*
7319 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7320 * constructor initialization?
7321 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007322 n = FALSE;
7323 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7324 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007325 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007326 l = ml_get_curline();
7327 }
7328 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007329 {
7330 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7331 {
7332 if (cont_amount > 0)
7333 amount = cont_amount;
7334 else
7335 amount += ind_continuation;
7336 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007337 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007338 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007339 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7340 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7341 ind_continuation = 0;
7342 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007343 }
7344 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007345 /* XXX */
7346 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7347 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007348 break;
7349 }
7350 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7351 {
7352 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007353 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7354 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007355 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7356 break;
7357 else
7358 continue;
7359 }
7360
7361 /*
7362 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7363 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007364 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007365 * 123,
7366 * sizeof
7367 * here
7368 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7369 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7370 * (indented).
7371 */
7372 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7373
7374 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7375 && terminated == ','))
7376 {
7377 /*
7378 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7379 * go back to the line that starts it so
7380 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7381 * if ( foo &&
7382 * bar )
7383 */
7384 /*
7385 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7386 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7387 */
7388 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7389 trypos = find_match_paren(
7390 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7391 ind_maxcomment);
7392
7393 /*
7394 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7395 * braces.
7396 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007397 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7398 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007399 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7400
7401 if (trypos != NULL)
7402 {
7403 /*
7404 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7405 * handled above.
7406 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7407 * asdf)
7408 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007409 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007410 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007411 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007412 {
7413 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007414 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007415 continue;
7416 }
7417 }
7418
7419 /*
7420 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7421 * indent from
7422 * char *usethis = "bla\
7423 * bla",
7424 * here;
7425 */
7426 if (terminated == ',')
7427 {
7428 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7429 {
7430 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7431 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7432 break;
7433 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007434 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007435 }
7436 }
7437
7438 /*
7439 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7440 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7441 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007442 if (!ind_js)
7443 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007444 &l, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007445 else
7446 cur_amount = get_indent();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007447 /*
7448 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7449 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7450 * while (not)
7451 * -> {
7452 * }
7453 */
7454 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7455 && theline[0] == '{')
7456 {
7457 amount = cur_amount;
7458 /*
7459 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7460 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7461 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7462 * { 1, 2 },
7463 * -> { 3, 4 }
7464 */
7465 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7466 amount += ind_open_extra;
7467
7468 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7469 {
7470 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7471 * class declaration or initialization */
7472 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7473 continue;
7474 }
7475 break;
7476 }
7477
7478 /*
7479 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7480 * Also allow " } else".
7481 */
7482 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7483 {
7484 /*
7485 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7486 * with the last one.
7487 * if (cond)
7488 * 100 +
7489 * -> here;
7490 */
7491 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7492 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7493 {
7494 if (cont_amount > 0)
7495 amount = cont_amount;
7496 else
7497 amount += ind_continuation;
7498 break;
7499 }
7500
7501 /*
7502 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7503 * are finished.
7504 * while (not)
7505 * -> here;
7506 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7507 * before this is terminated.
7508 * yyy;
7509 * if (stat)
7510 * while (not)
7511 * xxx;
7512 * -> here;
7513 */
7514 amount = cur_amount;
7515 if (theline[0] == '{')
7516 amount += ind_open_extra;
7517 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7518 {
7519 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7520 break;
7521 }
7522
7523 /*
7524 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7525 * do, line up with the while()
7526 * do
7527 * x = 1;
7528 * -> here
7529 */
7530 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7531 if (cin_isdo(l))
7532 {
7533 if (whilelevel == 0)
7534 break;
7535 --whilelevel;
7536 }
7537
7538 /*
7539 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7540 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7541 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7542 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7543 */
7544 if (cin_iselse(l)
7545 && whilelevel == 0
7546 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7547 == NULL
7548 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7549 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7550 break;
7551 }
7552
7553 /*
7554 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7555 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007556 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007557 * the line before this one.
7558 */
7559 else
7560 {
7561 /*
7562 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7563 * the last one.
7564 * c = 99 +
7565 * 100 +
7566 * -> here;
7567 */
7568 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7569 {
7570 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7571 if (terminated == ',')
7572 amount += ind_continuation;
7573 break;
7574 }
7575
7576 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7577 {
7578 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7579 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7580 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7581 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7582 * enumerations/initializations. */
7583 if (terminated == ',')
7584 {
7585 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7586 break;
7587
7588 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7589 continue;
7590 }
7591
7592 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7593 * reduce indent. */
7594 if (amount > cur_amount)
7595 amount = cur_amount;
7596 }
7597 else
7598 {
7599 /*
7600 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7601 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7602 * 100 +
7603 * -> here;
7604 */
7605 amount = cur_amount;
7606
7607 /*
7608 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7609 * are in an initialization or enum
7610 * struct xxx =
7611 * {
7612 * sizeof a,
7613 * 124 };
7614 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7615 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7616 * yet.
7617 */
7618 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7619 {
7620 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7621 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7622 }
7623 else
7624 {
7625 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7626 && *l != NUL
7627 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7628 /* XXX */
7629 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7630 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7631 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7632 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7633 }
7634 }
7635 }
7636 }
7637
7638 /*
7639 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7640 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7641 */
7642 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007643 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7644 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007645 {
7646 /*
7647 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7648 * with the last one.
7649 * while (cond);
7650 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7651 * -> here;
7652 */
7653 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7654 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7655 {
7656 if (cont_amount > 0)
7657 amount = cont_amount;
7658 else
7659 amount += ind_continuation;
7660 break;
7661 }
7662
7663 if (whilelevel == 0)
7664 {
7665 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7666 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7667 if (theline[0] == '{')
7668 amount += ind_open_extra;
7669 }
7670 ++whilelevel;
7671 }
7672
7673 /*
7674 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7675 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7676 * indent of that other statement.
7677 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7678 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7679 */
7680 else
7681 {
7682 /*
7683 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7684 * may be lined up with the case label.
7685 */
7686 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7687 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7688 {
7689 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7690 continue;
7691 }
7692
7693 /*
7694 * Handle "do {" line.
7695 */
7696 if (whilelevel > 0)
7697 {
7698 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7699 if (cin_isdo(l))
7700 {
7701 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7702 --whilelevel;
7703 continue;
7704 }
7705 }
7706
7707 /*
7708 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7709 * the amount for a continuation line.
7710 * x = 1;
7711 * y = foo +
7712 * -> here;
7713 * or
7714 * int x = 1;
7715 * int foo,
7716 * -> here;
7717 */
7718 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7719 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7720 {
7721 if (cont_amount > 0)
7722 amount = cont_amount;
7723 else
7724 amount += ind_continuation;
7725 break;
7726 }
7727
7728 /*
7729 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7730 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7731 * x = 1; x = 1;
7732 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7733 * while (asdf) ->here;
7734 * here;
7735 * ->foo;
7736 */
7737 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7738 {
7739 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7740 break;
7741 }
7742
7743 /*
7744 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7745 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7746 * a terminated line.
7747 */
7748 else
7749 {
7750 /*
7751 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7752 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7753 * the line. Helps for:
7754 * func(asdr,
7755 * asdfasdf);
7756 * here;
7757 */
7758term_again:
7759 l = ml_get_curline();
7760 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7761 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7762 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7763 {
7764 /*
7765 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7766 * handled above.
7767 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7768 * asdf)
7769 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007770 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007771 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007772 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007773 {
7774 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007775 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007776 continue;
7777 }
7778 }
7779
7780 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7781 * with a statement after it.
7782 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7783 * stat;
7784 * }
7785 * case 2:
7786 * stat;
7787 * }
7788 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007789 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007790
7791 /*
7792 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7793 * ignoring any jump label.
7794 */
7795 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7796 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7797
7798 if (theline[0] == '{')
7799 amount += ind_open_extra;
7800 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007801 l = skipwhite(l);
7802 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007803 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7804 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7805
7806 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007807 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7808 * the matching "if":
7809 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007810 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007811 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7812 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7813 */
7814 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7815 && *l != '}'
7816 && cin_iselse(l)
7817 && whilelevel == 0)
7818 {
7819 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7820 == NULL
7821 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7822 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7823 break;
7824 continue;
7825 }
7826
7827 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007828 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7829 * that block.
7830 */
7831 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7832 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7833 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7834 != NULL) /* XXX */
7835 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007836 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007837 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7838 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7839 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7840 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7841 goto term_again;
7842 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007843 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007844 }
7845 }
7846 }
7847 }
7848 }
7849 }
7850
7851 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7852 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7853 amount += ind_comment;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02007854
7855 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */
7856 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel)
7857 amount -= ind_jump_label;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007858 }
7859
7860 /*
7861 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7862 *
7863 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7864 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7865 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7866 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7867 */
7868 else
7869 {
7870 /*
7871 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7872 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7873 * of a function
7874 */
7875
7876 if (theline[0] == '{')
7877 {
7878 amount = ind_first_open;
7879 }
7880
7881 /*
7882 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7883 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007884 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the
7885 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line
7886 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007887 */
7888 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7889 && !cin_nocode(theline)
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007890 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL
7891 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007892 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7893 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7894 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7895 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7896 {
7897 amount = ind_func_type;
7898 }
7899 else
7900 {
7901 amount = 0;
7902 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7903
7904 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7905
7906 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7907 {
7908 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7909 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7910
7911 l = ml_get_curline();
7912
7913 /*
7914 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7915 */ /* XXX */
7916 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7917 {
7918 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007919 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007920 continue;
7921 }
7922
7923 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007924 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7925 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007926 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007927 n = FALSE;
7928 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7929 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007930 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007931 l = ml_get_curline();
7932 }
7933 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007934 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007935 /* XXX */
7936 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7937 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007938 break;
7939 }
7940
7941 /*
7942 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7943 */
7944 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7945 continue;
7946
7947 if (cin_nocode(l))
7948 continue;
7949
7950 /*
7951 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7952 * indentation:
7953 * int foo,
7954 * bar;
7955 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7956 * enum foobar
7957 * {
7958 * ...
7959 * } foo,
7960 * bar;
7961 */
7962 n = 0;
7963 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7964 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7965 {
7966 /* take us back to opening paren */
7967 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7968 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7969 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007970 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007971
7972 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7973 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7974 * char *foo = "bla\
7975 * bla",
7976 * here;
7977 */
7978 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7979 {
7980 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7981 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7982 break;
7983 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007984 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007985 }
7986
7987 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7988
7989 if (amount == 0)
7990 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7991 if (amount == 0)
7992 amount = ind_continuation;
7993 break;
7994 }
7995
7996 /*
7997 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7998 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7999 */
8000 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
8001 break;
8002 l = ml_get_curline();
8003
8004 /*
8005 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
8006 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
8007 */
8008 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
8009 break;
8010
8011 /* (matching {)
8012 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
8013 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
8014 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
8015 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
8016 */
8017 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
8018 break;
8019
8020 /*
8021 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
8022 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
8023 * parameters.
8024 */
8025 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8026 {
8027 amount = ind_param;
8028 break;
8029 }
8030
8031 /*
8032 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
8033 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
8034 * int foo,
8035 * bar;
8036 * indent_to_0 here;
8037 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00008038 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008039 {
8040 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
8041 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
8042 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
8043 break;
8044 l = ml_get_curline();
8045 }
8046
8047 /*
8048 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
8049 * use the indent of this line.
8050 *
8051 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
8052 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
8053 */
8054 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
8055
8056 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
8057 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00008058 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008059 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
8060 break;
8061 }
8062
8063 /* add extra indent for a comment */
8064 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
8065 amount += ind_comment;
8066
8067 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
8068 * "asdfasdf\
8069 * here";
8070 * char *foo = "asdf\
8071 * here";
8072 */
8073 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
8074 {
8075 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8076 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
8077 {
8078 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8079 if (cur_amount > 0)
8080 amount = cur_amount;
8081 else if (cur_amount == 0)
8082 amount += ind_continuation;
8083 }
8084 }
8085 }
8086 }
8087
8088theend:
8089 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
8090 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
8091
8092 vim_free(linecopy);
8093
8094 if (amount < 0)
8095 return 0;
8096 return amount;
8097}
8098
8099 static int
8100find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
8101 int lookfor;
8102 linenr_T ourscope;
8103 int ind_maxparen;
8104 int ind_maxcomment;
8105{
8106 char_u *look;
8107 pos_T *theirscope;
8108 char_u *mightbeif;
8109 int elselevel;
8110 int whilelevel;
8111
8112 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8113 {
8114 elselevel = 1;
8115 whilelevel = 0;
8116 }
8117 else
8118 {
8119 elselevel = 0;
8120 whilelevel = 1;
8121 }
8122
8123 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8124
8125 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
8126 {
8127 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
8128 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8129
8130 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8131 if (cin_iselse(look)
8132 || cin_isif(look)
8133 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
8134 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8135 {
8136 /*
8137 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
8138 * we must be out of scope...
8139 */
8140 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
8141 if (theirscope == NULL)
8142 break;
8143
8144 /*
8145 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
8146 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
8147 * out of luck too.
8148 */
8149 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
8150 break;
8151
8152 /*
8153 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
8154 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
8155 * different scope...
8156 */
8157 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
8158 continue;
8159
8160 /*
8161 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
8162 * then we need to go back to another if, so
8163 * increment elselevel
8164 */
8165 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8166 if (cin_iselse(look))
8167 {
8168 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
8169 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
8170 ++elselevel;
8171 continue;
8172 }
8173
8174 /*
8175 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8176 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8177 */
8178 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8179 {
8180 ++whilelevel;
8181 continue;
8182 }
8183
8184 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8185 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8186 if (cin_isif(look))
8187 {
8188 elselevel--;
8189 /*
8190 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8191 * get in the way.
8192 */
8193 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8194 whilelevel = 0;
8195 }
8196
8197 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8198 if (cin_isdo(look))
8199 whilelevel--;
8200
8201 /*
8202 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8203 * this must be the if that we want!
8204 * match the indent level of that if.
8205 */
8206 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8207 {
8208 return OK;
8209 }
8210 }
8211 }
8212 return FAIL;
8213}
8214
8215# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8216/*
8217 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8218 */
8219 int
8220get_expr_indent()
8221{
8222 int indent;
8223 pos_T pos;
8224 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008225 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8226 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008227
8228 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8229 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008230 if (use_sandbox)
8231 ++sandbox;
8232 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008233 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008234 if (use_sandbox)
8235 --sandbox;
8236 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008237
8238 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8239 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8240 * command. */
8241 save_State = State;
8242 State = INSERT;
8243 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8244 check_cursor();
8245 State = save_State;
8246
8247 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8248 if (indent < 0)
8249 indent = get_indent();
8250
8251 return indent;
8252}
8253# endif
8254
8255#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8256
8257#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8258
8259static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8260
8261 static int
8262lisp_match(p)
8263 char_u *p;
8264{
8265 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8266 int len;
8267 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8268
8269 while (*word != NUL)
8270 {
8271 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8272 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8273 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8274 return TRUE;
8275 }
8276 return FALSE;
8277}
8278
8279/*
8280 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8281 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8282 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8283 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8284 *
8285 * TODO:
8286 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8287 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8288 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8289 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8290 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8291 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008292 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8293 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008294 */
8295 int
8296get_lisp_indent()
8297{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008298 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008299 int amount;
8300 char_u *that;
8301 colnr_T col;
8302 colnr_T firsttry;
8303 int parencount, quotecount;
8304 int vi_lisp;
8305
8306 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8307 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8308
8309 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8310 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8311
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008312 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8313 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8314 else
8315 {
8316 paren = *pos;
8317 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8318 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8319 pos = &paren;
8320 }
8321 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008322 {
8323 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8324 * line that is at the same () level. */
8325 amount = -1;
8326 parencount = 0;
8327
8328 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8329 {
8330 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8331 continue;
8332 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8333 {
8334 if (*that == ';')
8335 {
8336 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8337 ++that;
8338 continue;
8339 }
8340 if (*that == '\\')
8341 {
8342 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8343 ++that;
8344 continue;
8345 }
8346 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8347 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008348 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8349 {
8350 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8351 if (*that == '\\')
8352 {
8353 if (*++that == NUL)
8354 break;
8355 if (that[1] == NUL)
8356 {
8357 ++that;
8358 break;
8359 }
8360 }
8361 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008362 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008363 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008364 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008365 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008366 --parencount;
8367 }
8368 if (parencount == 0)
8369 {
8370 amount = get_indent();
8371 break;
8372 }
8373 }
8374
8375 if (amount == -1)
8376 {
8377 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8378 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8379 col = pos->col;
8380
8381 that = ml_get_curline();
8382
8383 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8384 amount = 2;
8385 else
8386 {
8387 amount = 0;
8388 while (*that && col)
8389 {
8390 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8391 col--;
8392 }
8393
8394 /*
8395 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8396 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8397 *
8398 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8399 * (...)) of (...))
8400 */
8401
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008402 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8403 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008404 amount += 2;
8405 else
8406 {
8407 that++;
8408 amount++;
8409 firsttry = amount;
8410
8411 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8412 {
8413 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8414 ++that;
8415 }
8416
8417 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8418 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008419 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008420 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008421 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008422 firsttry++;
8423
8424 parencount = 0;
8425 quotecount = 0;
8426
8427 if (vi_lisp
8428 || (*that != '"'
8429 && *that != '\''
8430 && *that != '#'
8431 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8432 {
8433 while (*that
8434 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8435 || quotecount
8436 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008437 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008438 && !quotecount
8439 && !parencount
8440 && vi_lisp)))
8441 {
8442 if (*that == '"')
8443 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008444 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8445 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008446 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008447 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8448 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008449 --parencount;
8450 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8451 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8452 (colnr_T)amount);
8453 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8454 (colnr_T)amount);
8455 }
8456 }
8457 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8458 {
8459 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8460 that++;
8461 }
8462 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8463 amount = firsttry;
8464 }
8465 }
8466 }
8467 }
8468 }
8469 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008470 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008471
8472 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8473
8474 return amount;
8475}
8476#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8477
8478 void
8479prepare_to_exit()
8480{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008481#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8482 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8483 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8484 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008485 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8486#endif
8487
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008488#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8489 if (gui.in_use)
8490 {
8491 gui.dying = TRUE;
8492 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8493 }
8494 else
8495#endif
8496 {
8497 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8498
8499 /*
8500 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8501 * screen (if there are two screens).
8502 */
8503 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8504#ifdef WIN3264
8505 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8506#endif
8507 stoptermcap();
8508 out_flush();
8509 }
8510}
8511
8512/*
8513 * Preserve files and exit.
8514 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8515 */
8516 void
8517preserve_exit()
8518{
8519 buf_T *buf;
8520
8521 prepare_to_exit();
8522
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008523 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8524 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8525 really_exiting = TRUE;
8526
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008527 out_str(IObuff);
8528 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8529 out_flush();
8530
8531 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8532
8533 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8534 {
8535 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8536 {
8537 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8538 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8539 out_flush();
8540 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8541 break;
8542 }
8543 }
8544
8545 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8546
8547 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8548
8549 getout(1);
8550}
8551
8552/*
8553 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8554 */
8555 int
8556vim_fexists(fname)
8557 char_u *fname;
8558{
8559 struct stat st;
8560
8561 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8562 return FALSE;
8563 return TRUE;
8564}
8565
8566/*
8567 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8568 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8569 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8570 * time, because it can be a system call.
8571 */
8572
8573#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8574# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8575# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8576# else
8577# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8578# endif
8579#endif
8580
8581static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8582
8583 void
8584line_breakcheck()
8585{
8586 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8587 {
8588 breakcheck_count = 0;
8589 ui_breakcheck();
8590 }
8591}
8592
8593/*
8594 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8595 */
8596 void
8597fast_breakcheck()
8598{
8599 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8600 {
8601 breakcheck_count = 0;
8602 ui_breakcheck();
8603 }
8604}
8605
8606/*
Bram Moolenaard7834d32009-12-02 16:14:36 +00008607 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
8608 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
8609 * Returns OK or FAIL.
8610 */
8611 int
8612expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags)
8613 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */
8614 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8615 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8616 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8617{
8618 int ret = FAIL;
8619 char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
8620 char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
8621 char_u *ignored_msg;
8622 int usedlen;
8623
8624 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
8625 {
8626 ++emsg_off;
8627 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
8628 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
8629 --emsg_off;
8630 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8631 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
8632 }
8633
8634 if (exp_pat != NULL)
8635 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
8636
8637 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8638 {
8639 vim_free(exp_pat);
8640 vim_free(eval_pat);
8641 }
8642
8643 return ret;
8644}
8645
8646/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008647 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8648 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008649 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008650 */
8651 int
8652expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8653 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8654 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8655 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8656 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8657 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8658{
8659 int retval;
8660 int i, j;
8661 char_u *p;
8662 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8663
8664 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8665
8666 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008667 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008668 return retval;
8669
8670#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8671 /*
8672 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8673 */
8674 if (*p_wig)
8675 {
8676 char_u *ffname;
8677
8678 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8679 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8680 {
8681 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8682 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8683 break;
8684# ifdef VMS
8685 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8686# endif
8687 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8688 {
8689 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8690 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8691 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8692 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8693 --*num_file;
8694 --i;
8695 }
8696 vim_free(ffname);
8697 }
8698 }
8699#endif
8700
8701 /*
8702 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8703 */
8704 if (*num_file > 1)
8705 {
8706 non_suf_match = 0;
8707 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8708 {
8709 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8710 {
8711 /*
8712 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8713 * of the list.
8714 */
8715 p = (*file)[i];
8716 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8717 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8718 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8719 }
8720 }
8721 }
8722
8723 return retval;
8724}
8725
8726/*
8727 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8728 */
8729 int
8730match_suffix(fname)
8731 char_u *fname;
8732{
8733 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8734 char_u *setsuf;
8735#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8736 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8737
8738 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8739 setsuflen = 0;
8740 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8741 {
8742 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
Bram Moolenaar055a2ba2009-07-14 19:40:21 +00008743 if (setsuflen == 0)
8744 {
8745 char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
8746
8747 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
8748 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
8749 {
8750 setsuflen = 1;
8751 break;
8752 }
8753 }
8754 else
8755 {
8756 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8757 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8758 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8759 break;
8760 setsuflen = 0;
8761 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008762 }
8763 return (setsuflen != 0);
8764}
8765
8766#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8767
8768# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8769static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8770static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8771# endif
8772
8773# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8774/*
8775 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8776 * it's shared between these systems.
8777 */
8778# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8779# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8780# else
8781# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8782# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8783# endif
8784# endif
8785
8786/*
8787 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8788 */
8789 static int _cdecl
8790pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8791{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008792 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008793}
8794
8795# ifndef WIN3264
8796 static void
8797namelowcpy(
8798 char_u *d,
8799 char_u *s)
8800{
8801# ifdef DJGPP
8802 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8803 while (*s)
8804 *d++ = *s++;
8805 else
8806# endif
8807 while (*s)
8808 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8809 *d = NUL;
8810}
8811# endif
8812
8813/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008814 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8815 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008816 * Return the number of matches found.
8817 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8818 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008819 * Return the number of matches found.
8820 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008821 */
8822 static int
8823dos_expandpath(
8824 garray_T *gap,
8825 char_u *path,
8826 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008827 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008828 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008829{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008830 char_u *buf;
8831 char_u *path_end;
8832 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8833 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8834 char_u *pat;
8835 regmatch_T regmatch;
8836 int starts_with_dot;
8837 int matches;
8838 int len;
8839 int starstar = FALSE;
8840 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008841#ifdef WIN3264
8842 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8843 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8844# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8845 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8846 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8847# endif
8848#else
8849 struct ffblk fb;
8850#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008851 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008852 int ok;
8853
8854 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8855 if (stardepth > 0)
8856 {
8857 ui_breakcheck();
8858 if (got_int)
8859 return 0;
8860 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008861
8862 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008863 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008864 if (buf == NULL)
8865 return 0;
8866
8867 /*
8868 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8869 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8870 */
8871 p = buf;
8872 s = buf;
8873 e = NULL;
8874 path_end = path;
8875 while (*path_end != NUL)
8876 {
8877 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8878 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8879 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8880 *p++ = *path_end++;
8881 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8882 {
8883 if (e != NULL)
8884 break;
8885 s = p + 1;
8886 }
8887 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8888 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8889 e = p;
8890#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8891 if (has_mbyte)
8892 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008893 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008894 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8895 p += len;
8896 path_end += len;
8897 }
8898 else
8899#endif
8900 *p++ = *path_end++;
8901 }
8902 e = p;
8903 *e = NUL;
8904
8905 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8906 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8907 * component. */
8908 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8909 if (rem_backslash(p))
8910 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008911 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008912 --e;
8913 --s;
8914 }
8915
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008916 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8917 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8918 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8919 starstar = TRUE;
8920
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008921 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8922 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8923 if (pat == NULL)
8924 {
8925 vim_free(buf);
8926 return 0;
8927 }
8928
8929 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8930 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8931 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8932 vim_free(pat);
8933
8934 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8935 {
8936 vim_free(buf);
8937 return 0;
8938 }
8939
8940 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8941 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8942
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008943 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8944 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8945 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8946 && *path_end == '/')
8947 {
8948 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8949 ++stardepth;
8950 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8951 --stardepth;
8952 }
8953
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008954 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8955 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8956#ifdef WIN3264
8957# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8958 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8959 {
8960 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8961 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8962 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008963 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008964 if (wn != NULL)
8965 {
8966 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8967 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8968 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8969 {
8970 vim_free(wn);
8971 wn = NULL;
8972 }
8973 }
8974 }
8975
8976 if (wn == NULL)
8977# endif
8978 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8979 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8980#else
8981 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8982 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8983 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8984#endif
8985
8986 while (ok)
8987 {
8988#ifdef WIN3264
8989# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8990 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008991 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008992 else
8993# endif
8994 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8995#else
8996 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8997#endif
8998 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8999 * all entries found with "matchname". */
9000 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9001 && (matchname == NULL
9002 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
9003 {
9004#ifdef WIN3264
9005 STRCPY(s, p);
9006#else
9007 namelowcpy(s, p);
9008#endif
9009 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009010
9011 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9012 {
9013 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9014 * find matches. */
9015 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9016 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9017 ++stardepth;
9018 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9019 --stardepth;
9020 }
9021
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009022 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9023 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
9024 {
9025 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9026 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009027 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009028 }
9029 else
9030 {
9031 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9032 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9033 if (*path_end != 0)
9034 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9035 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9036 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9037 }
9038 }
9039
9040#ifdef WIN3264
9041# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9042 if (wn != NULL)
9043 {
9044 vim_free(p);
9045 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
9046 }
9047 else
9048# endif
9049 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
9050#else
9051 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
9052#endif
9053
9054 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
9055 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
9056 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
9057 {
9058 STRCPY(s, matchname);
9059#ifdef WIN3264
9060 FindClose(hFind);
9061# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9062 if (wn != NULL)
9063 {
9064 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00009065 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009066 if (wn != NULL)
9067 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
9068 }
9069 if (wn == NULL)
9070# endif
9071 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
9072 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
9073#else
9074 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
9075 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
9076#endif
9077 vim_free(matchname);
9078 matchname = NULL;
9079 }
9080 }
9081
9082#ifdef WIN3264
9083 FindClose(hFind);
9084# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9085 vim_free(wn);
9086# endif
9087#endif
9088 vim_free(buf);
9089 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9090 vim_free(matchname);
9091
9092 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9093 if (matches > 0)
9094 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
9095 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9096 return matches;
9097}
9098
9099 int
9100mch_expandpath(
9101 garray_T *gap,
9102 char_u *path,
9103 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
9104{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009105 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009106}
9107# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
9108
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009109#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
9110 || defined(PROTO)
9111/*
9112 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
9113 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
9114 */
9115static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
9116
9117 static int
9118pstrcmp(a, b)
9119 const void *a, *b;
9120{
9121 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
9122}
9123
9124/*
9125 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
9126 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
9127 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
9128 * at "path + wildoff".
9129 * Return the number of matches found.
9130 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
9131 */
9132 int
9133unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
9134 garray_T *gap;
9135 char_u *path;
9136 int wildoff;
9137 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9138 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
9139{
9140 char_u *buf;
9141 char_u *path_end;
9142 char_u *p, *s, *e;
9143 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
9144 char_u *pat;
9145 regmatch_T regmatch;
9146 int starts_with_dot;
9147 int matches;
9148 int len;
9149 int starstar = FALSE;
9150 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
9151
9152 DIR *dirp;
9153 struct dirent *dp;
9154
9155 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
9156 if (stardepth > 0)
9157 {
9158 ui_breakcheck();
9159 if (got_int)
9160 return 0;
9161 }
9162
9163 /* make room for file name */
9164 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
9165 if (buf == NULL)
9166 return 0;
9167
9168 /*
9169 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
9170 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
9171 */
9172 p = buf;
9173 s = buf;
9174 e = NULL;
9175 path_end = path;
9176 while (*path_end != NUL)
9177 {
9178 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
9179 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
9180 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
9181 *p++ = *path_end++;
9182 else if (*path_end == '/')
9183 {
9184 if (e != NULL)
9185 break;
9186 s = p + 1;
9187 }
9188 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
9189 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
9190 e = p;
9191#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9192 if (has_mbyte)
9193 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00009194 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009195 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
9196 p += len;
9197 path_end += len;
9198 }
9199 else
9200#endif
9201 *p++ = *path_end++;
9202 }
9203 e = p;
9204 *e = NUL;
9205
9206 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
9207 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
9208 * component. */
9209 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
9210 if (rem_backslash(p))
9211 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00009212 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009213 --e;
9214 --s;
9215 }
9216
9217 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
9218 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
9219 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
9220 starstar = TRUE;
9221
9222 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
9223 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
9224 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9225 if (pat == NULL)
9226 {
9227 vim_free(buf);
9228 return 0;
9229 }
9230
9231 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009232#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009233 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9234#else
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009235 if (flags & EW_ICASE)
9236 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */
9237 else
9238 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ignore case */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009239#endif
9240 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9241 vim_free(pat);
9242
9243 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9244 {
9245 vim_free(buf);
9246 return 0;
9247 }
9248
9249 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9250 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9251 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9252 && *path_end == '/')
9253 {
9254 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9255 ++stardepth;
9256 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9257 --stardepth;
9258 }
9259
9260 /* open the directory for scanning */
9261 *s = NUL;
9262 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9263
9264 /* Find all matching entries */
9265 if (dirp != NULL)
9266 {
9267 for (;;)
9268 {
9269 dp = readdir(dirp);
9270 if (dp == NULL)
9271 break;
9272 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9273 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9274 {
9275 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9276 len = STRLEN(buf);
9277
9278 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9279 {
9280 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9281 * find matches. */
9282 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9283 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9284 ++stardepth;
9285 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9286 --stardepth;
9287 }
9288
9289 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9290 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9291 {
9292 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9293 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9294 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9295 }
9296 else
9297 {
9298 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9299 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9300 if (*path_end != NUL)
9301 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9302 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9303 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009304#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009305 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9306 char_u *precomp_buf =
9307 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009308
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009309 if (precomp_buf)
9310 {
9311 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9312 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9313 }
9314#endif
9315 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9316 }
9317 }
9318 }
9319 }
9320
9321 closedir(dirp);
9322 }
9323
9324 vim_free(buf);
9325 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9326
9327 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9328 if (matches > 0)
9329 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9330 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9331 return matches;
9332}
9333#endif
9334
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009335#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9336static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep));
9337static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i));
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009338static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap));
9339static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap));
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009340static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern));
9341static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags));
9342
9343/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009344 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path".
9345 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009346 */
9347 static int
9348find_previous_pathsep(path, psep)
9349 char_u *path;
9350 char_u **psep;
9351{
9352 /* skip the current separator */
9353 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009354 --*psep;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009355
9356 /* find the previous separator */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009357 while (*psep > path)
9358 {
9359 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9360 return OK;
9361 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep);
9362 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009363
9364 return FAIL;
9365}
9366
9367/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009368 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap".
9369 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009370 */
9371 static int
9372is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i)
9373 char_u *maybe_unique;
9374 garray_T *gap;
9375 int i;
9376{
9377 int j;
9378 int candidate_len;
9379 int other_path_len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009380 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009381 char_u *rival;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009382
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009383 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009384 {
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009385 if (j == i)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009386 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009387
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009388 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique);
9389 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009390 if (other_path_len < candidate_len)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009391 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009392
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009393 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len;
Bram Moolenaarda9836c2010-08-16 21:53:27 +02009394 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0
9395 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1))))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009396 return FALSE; /* match */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009397 }
9398
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009399 return TRUE; /* no match found */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009400}
9401
9402/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02009403 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009404 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "."
9405 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current
9406 * directory) notations.
9407 *
9408 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by
9409 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s).
9410 */
9411 static void
9412expand_path_option(curdir, gap)
9413 char_u *curdir;
9414 garray_T *gap;
9415{
9416 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL
9417 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path;
9418 char_u *buf;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009419 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009420 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009421
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009422 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009423 return;
9424
9425 while (*path_option != NUL)
9426 {
9427 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
9428
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009429 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1])))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009430 {
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009431 /* Relative to current buffer:
9432 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/"
9433 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009434 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
9435 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009436 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname);
9437 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname);
9438 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL)
9439 continue;
9440 if (buf[1] == NUL)
9441 buf[len] = NUL;
9442 else
9443 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2);
9444 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len);
9445 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009446 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009447 else if (buf[0] == NUL)
9448 /* relative to current directory */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009449 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009450 else if (path_with_url(buf))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009451 /* URL can't be used here */
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009452 continue;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009453 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf))
9454 {
9455 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009456 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir);
9457 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009458 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009459 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009460 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009461 buf[len] = PATHSEP;
Bram Moolenaar57adda12010-08-03 22:11:29 +02009462 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009463 }
9464
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009465 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9466 break;
9467 p = vim_strsave(buf);
9468 if (p == NULL)
9469 break;
9470 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009471 }
9472
9473 vim_free(buf);
9474}
9475
9476/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009477 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the
9478 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example:
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009479 *
9480 * path: /foo/bar/baz
9481 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009482 * returns: ^this
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009483 */
9484 static char_u *
9485get_path_cutoff(fname, gap)
9486 char_u *fname;
9487 garray_T *gap;
9488{
9489 int i;
9490 int maxlen = 0;
9491 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9492 char_u *cutoff = NULL;
9493
9494 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9495 {
9496 int j = 0;
9497
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009498 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j]
Bram Moolenaar2d7c47d2010-08-10 19:50:26 +02009499# if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009500 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j]))
9501#endif
9502 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009503 j++;
9504 if (j > maxlen)
9505 {
9506 maxlen = j;
9507 cutoff = &fname[j];
9508 }
9509 }
9510
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009511 /* skip to the file or directory name */
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009512 if (cutoff != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009513 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff))
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009514 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009515
9516 return cutoff;
9517}
9518
9519/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009520 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so
9521 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part
9522 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009523 */
9524 static void
9525uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009526 garray_T *gap;
9527 char_u *pattern;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009528{
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009529 int i;
9530 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009531 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009532 int sort_again = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009533 char_u *pat;
9534 char_u *file_pattern;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009535 char_u *curdir;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009536 regmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009537 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009538 char_u **in_curdir = NULL;
9539 char_u *short_name;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009540
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009541 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009542 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009543
9544 /*
9545 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the
9546 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009547 * possible patterns?
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009548 */
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009549 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009550 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009551 if (file_pattern == NULL)
9552 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009553 file_pattern[0] = '*';
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009554 file_pattern[1] = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009555 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern);
9556 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
9557 vim_free(file_pattern);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009558 if (pat == NULL)
9559 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009560
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009561 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */
9562 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
9563 vim_free(pat);
9564 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009565 return;
9566
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009567 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009568 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009569 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009570 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009571
9572 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *));
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009573 if (in_curdir == NULL)
9574 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009575
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009576 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009577 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009578 char_u *path = fnames[i];
9579 int is_in_curdir;
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009580 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009581 char_u *pathsep_p;
9582 char_u *path_cutoff;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009583
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009584 len = (int)STRLEN(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009585 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009586 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009587 if (is_in_curdir)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009588 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009589
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009590 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */
9591 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009592
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009593 /* we start at the end of the path */
9594 pathsep_p = path + len - 1;
9595
9596 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p))
9597 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0)
9598 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i)
9599 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff)
9600 {
9601 sort_again = TRUE;
9602 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p));
9603 break;
9604 }
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009605
9606 if (mch_isFullName(path))
9607 {
9608 /*
9609 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible.
9610 * 'possible' means:
9611 * 1. It is under the current directory.
9612 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original.
9613 *
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009614 * Before curdir After
9615 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt
9616 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt
9617 * /file.txt / /file.txt
9618 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009619 */
9620 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009621 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1
9622#if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009623 /* On windows,
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009624 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b")
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009625 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009626 * name, hence: */
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009627 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name)
9628#endif
9629 )
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009630 {
9631 STRCPY(path, ".");
9632 add_pathsep(path);
Bram Moolenaarcda000e2010-08-14 13:34:39 +02009633 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name);
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009634 }
9635 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009636 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009637 }
9638
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009639 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009640 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009641 {
9642 char_u *rel_path;
9643 char_u *path = in_curdir[i];
9644
9645 if (path == NULL)
9646 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009647
9648 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}.
9649 * Else reduce it to {filename} */
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009650 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
9651 if (short_name == NULL)
9652 short_name = path;
9653 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i))
9654 {
9655 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name);
9656 continue;
9657 }
9658
9659 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2));
9660 if (rel_path == NULL)
9661 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009662 STRCPY(rel_path, ".");
9663 add_pathsep(rel_path);
9664 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name);
9665
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009666 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9667 fnames[i] = rel_path;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009668 sort_again = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009669 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009670 }
9671
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009672theend:
9673 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009674 if (in_curdir != NULL)
9675 {
9676 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9677 vim_free(in_curdir[i]);
9678 vim_free(in_curdir);
9679 }
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009680 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009681 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009682
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009683 if (sort_again)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009684 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009685}
9686
9687/*
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009688 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the
9689 * result in "gap".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009690 * Returns the total number of matches.
9691 */
9692 static int
9693expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags)
9694 garray_T *gap;
9695 char_u *pattern;
9696 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9697{
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009698 char_u *curdir;
9699 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009700 char_u *files = NULL;
9701 char_u *s; /* start */
9702 char_u *e; /* end */
9703 char_u *paths = NULL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009704
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009705 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009706 return 0;
9707 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
9708
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009709 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009710 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
9711 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar006d2b02010-08-04 12:39:44 +02009712 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0)
9713 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009714
9715 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga);
9716 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
9717 if (paths == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009718 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009719
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009720 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009721 vim_free(paths);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009722 if (files == NULL)
9723 return 0;
9724
9725 /* Copy each path in files into gap */
9726 s = e = files;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009727 while (*s != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009728 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009729 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009730 e++;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009731 if (*e == NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009732 {
9733 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9734 break;
9735 }
9736 else
9737 {
9738 /* *e is '\n' */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009739 *e = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009740 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9741 e++;
9742 s = e;
9743 }
9744 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009745 vim_free(files);
9746
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009747 return gap->ga_len;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009748}
9749#endif
9750
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009751#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9752/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009753 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a
9754 * list of file names in allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009755 */
9756 void
9757remove_duplicates(gap)
9758 garray_T *gap;
9759{
9760 int i;
9761 int j;
9762 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9763
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009764 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009765 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i)
9766 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0)
9767 {
9768 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9769 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j)
9770 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j];
9771 --gap->ga_len;
9772 }
9773}
9774#endif
9775
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009776/*
9777 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9778 *
9779 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9780 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9781 *
9782 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9783 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9784 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9785 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9786 */
9787 int
9788gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9789 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9790 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9791 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9792 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9793 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9794{
9795 int i;
9796 garray_T ga;
9797 char_u *p;
9798 static int recursive = FALSE;
9799 int add_pat;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009800#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9801 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE;
9802#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009803
9804 /*
9805 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9806 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9807 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9808 * return FAIL.
9809 */
9810 if (recursive)
9811#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9812 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9813#else
9814 return FAIL;
9815#endif
9816
9817#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9818 /*
9819 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9820 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9821 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9822 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9823 */
9824 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9825 {
9826 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9827# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9828 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9829# endif
9830 )
9831 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9832 }
9833#endif
9834
9835 recursive = TRUE;
9836
9837 /*
9838 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9839 */
9840 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9841
9842 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9843 {
9844 add_pat = -1;
9845 p = pat[i];
9846
9847#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9848 if (vim_backtick(p))
9849 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9850 else
9851#endif
9852 {
9853 /*
9854 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9855 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009856 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009857 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009858 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009859 if (p == NULL)
9860 p = pat[i];
9861#ifdef UNIX
9862 /*
9863 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9864 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9865 * found file names and start all over again.
9866 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009867 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009868 {
9869 vim_free(p);
Bram Moolenaar782027e2009-06-24 14:25:49 +00009870 ga_clear_strings(&ga);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009871 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9872 flags);
9873 recursive = FALSE;
9874 return i;
9875 }
9876#endif
9877 }
9878
9879 /*
9880 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9881 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9882 * the pattern.
9883 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9884 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9885 */
9886 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009887 {
9888#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009889 if ((flags & EW_PATH)
9890 && !mch_isFullName(p)
9891 && !(p[0] == '.'
9892 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1])
9893 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2]))))
9894 )
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009895 {
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009896 /* :find completion where 'path' is used.
9897 * Recursiveness is OK here. */
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009898 recursive = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009899 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags);
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009900 recursive = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009901 did_expand_in_path = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009902 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009903 else
9904#endif
9905 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9906 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009907 }
9908
9909 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9910 {
9911 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9912
9913#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9914 slash_to_colon(t);
9915#endif
9916 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9917 * "vim c:/" work. */
9918 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9919 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9920 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9921 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9922 vim_free(t);
9923 }
9924
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009925#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009926 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH))
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009927 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p);
9928#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009929 if (p != pat[i])
9930 vim_free(p);
9931 }
9932
9933 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9934 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9935
9936 recursive = FALSE;
9937
9938 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9939}
9940
9941# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9942
9943/*
9944 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9945 */
9946 static int
9947vim_backtick(p)
9948 char_u *p;
9949{
9950 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9951}
9952
9953/*
9954 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9955 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9956 * Returns number of file names found.
9957 */
9958 static int
9959expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9960 garray_T *gap;
9961 char_u *pat;
9962 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9963{
9964 char_u *p;
9965 char_u *cmd;
9966 char_u *buffer;
9967 int cnt = 0;
9968 int i;
9969
9970 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9971 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9972 if (cmd == NULL)
9973 return 0;
9974
9975#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9976 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009977 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009978 else
9979#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009980 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9981 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009982 vim_free(cmd);
9983 if (buffer == NULL)
9984 return 0;
9985
9986 cmd = buffer;
9987 while (*cmd != NUL)
9988 {
9989 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9990 p = cmd;
9991 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9992 ++p;
9993 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9994 if (p > cmd)
9995 {
9996 i = *p;
9997 *p = NUL;
9998 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9999 *p = i;
10000 ++cnt;
10001 }
10002 cmd = p;
10003 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
10004 ++cmd;
10005 }
10006
10007 vim_free(buffer);
10008 return cnt;
10009}
10010# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
10011
10012/*
10013 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
10014 * EW_DIR add directories
10015 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +000010016 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010017 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
10018 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
10019 */
10020 void
10021addfile(gap, f, flags)
10022 garray_T *gap;
10023 char_u *f; /* filename */
10024 int flags;
10025{
10026 char_u *p;
10027 int isdir;
10028
10029 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
10030 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
10031 return;
10032
10033#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
10034 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
10035 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
10036 return;
10037#endif
10038
10039 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
10040 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
10041 return;
10042
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +000010043 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
10044 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
10045 return;
10046
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010047 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
10048 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
10049 return;
10050
10051 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
10052 if (p == NULL)
10053 return;
10054
10055 STRCPY(p, f);
10056#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
10057 slash_adjust(p);
10058#endif
10059 /*
10060 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
10061 */
10062#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
10063 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
10064 add_pathsep(p);
10065#endif
10066 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010067}
10068#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
10069
10070#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
10071
10072#ifndef SEEK_SET
10073# define SEEK_SET 0
10074#endif
10075#ifndef SEEK_END
10076# define SEEK_END 2
10077#endif
10078
10079/*
10080 * Get the stdout of an external command.
10081 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
10082 */
10083 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010084get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010085 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010086 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010087 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
10088{
10089 char_u *tempname;
10090 char_u *command;
10091 char_u *buffer = NULL;
10092 int len;
10093 int i = 0;
10094 FILE *fd;
10095
10096 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
10097 return NULL;
10098
10099 /* get a name for the temp file */
10100 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
10101 {
10102 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
10103 return NULL;
10104 }
10105
10106 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010107 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010108 if (command == NULL)
10109 goto done;
10110
10111 /*
10112 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
10113 * Don't check timestamps here.
10114 */
10115 ++no_check_timestamps;
10116 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
10117 --no_check_timestamps;
10118
10119 vim_free(command);
10120
10121 /*
10122 * read the names from the file into memory
10123 */
10124# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +000010125 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010126 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
10127# else
10128 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
10129# endif
10130
10131 if (fd == NULL)
10132 {
10133 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
10134 goto done;
10135 }
10136
10137 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
10138 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
10139 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
10140
10141 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
10142 if (buffer != NULL)
10143 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
10144 fclose(fd);
10145 mch_remove(tempname);
10146 if (buffer == NULL)
10147 goto done;
10148#ifdef VMS
10149 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
10150#endif
10151 if (i != len)
10152 {
10153 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
10154 vim_free(buffer);
10155 buffer = NULL;
10156 }
10157 else
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +020010158 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010159
10160done:
10161 vim_free(tempname);
10162 return buffer;
10163}
10164#endif
10165
10166/*
10167 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
10168 * functions.
10169 */
10170 void
10171FreeWild(count, files)
10172 int count;
10173 char_u **files;
10174{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +000010175 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010176 return;
10177#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
10178 /*
10179 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
10180 * been used???
10181 */
10182 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
10183#else
10184 while (count--)
10185 vim_free(files[count]);
10186 vim_free(files);
10187#endif
10188}
10189
10190/*
Bram Moolenaara9dc3752010-07-11 20:46:53 +020010191 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010192 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
10193 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
10194 */
10195 int
10196goto_im()
10197{
10198 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
10199}